


JHHL_ 

in H^^Hn 




i liHi 






J 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 

" B)( 6 9 J 7 

- ©apgngfet-^a 

Shelf l.S. I.. 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 



5 3 



i^. 












fpv££ 



*Jffis 






■*gai 















; 


^^^ss 






wMMm 


w 




i^^^gJ^^ 














/ 



Qfyristiai? 



* •> 



Sealer ai?<d Heal^ 



By D. D. BRYANT 








" 7/" /A/j counsel or this work be of men 
it will come to nought; 

"But if it be of God ye cannot overthrow 
it, lest ha fly ye be found even to fight 
against GodP — Acts v. 38-39. 








ss 




PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR 
1891 




1 



z> 



^_ 






"*7 



COPYRIGHT 

1891 

BY D. D. BRYANT 



PBINTED BY 
PURDY PUBLISHING COMPANY 
CHICAGO 



CONTENTS. 

PART I. 

Page 
Lecture I. . 9 

Source of Being. 

Divine Attributes. 

The Christ the First Born and Beginning of the 

Creation of God. 
Physical Conditions Due to Thought. 
God the Source of all Power. 
God is Everywhere. 
God the Source of all Intelligence. 
The Source of all Good. 
But one Life. 
Love is of God. 

Lecture II 27 

The Christ Within the only Healing and Saving 

Power. 
The Dual Creative Principles. 
AH Things Created by the Word. 
All Beal Conditions are Within. 
All is Mind and all is Good. 



II CONTENTS. 

Thought Transference. 
Ideas, How Formulated. 

Lecture III. .43 

Motion Indispensable to Existence. 
Character the Product of Motive and Desire. 
Sense Consciousness and Spiritual Conscious- 
ness. 
The Christ the Climax of Evolution. 
Elements of Divinity in all Things. 
Faith, — its Nature and Potency. 

Lecture IV. . • 59 

The Universal Life Principle. 
Philosophy of Denial. 
Ignorance, Error and Unbelief a Trinity. 
Man's Inherent Eight to be Free. 
Two Selves, — the Eeal, the Unreal. 

Lecture V .74 

The Universal Life Principle the Basis of the 

Unconscious Mind. 
Man's Fourfold Nature. 

Bodily Conditions the Besult of Mental States. 
Rule God, or Good, out of Thought, and you 

have Evil. 
Affirmation Available in Healing. 
Affirming is Asking. 

Lecture VI 91 

Truth the Sole Reality. 
The Spirit of Truth the only Witness. 
Complete Redemption in the Christ. 
Hints on Healing and Self Qualification. 



CONTENTS. Ill 

PART II. 

Lecture VII. 109 

Heredity. 

All Sickness Results from a State of Thought. 

The Question of Human Happiness. 

Treatment for Accidents. 

Regular Course of Treatment. 

Six Divisions, — one for each day. 

Lecture VIII. . 126 

The Kingdom of God the Sole Reality and the 

Will of God the only Law. 
Treatment Against the Common Illusions. 

Lecture IX 142 

Power of Affirmation . 

The Spiritual Plane Attainable in this Life. 
Communism is the Divine Order There. 
Morbid Mental Conditions Cause Various Types 
of Disease. 

Lecture X 157 

The use of the Power of the Word. 

Thought Transference — its Nature and Effects. 

Fear — its Nature and Effects. 

Treatment Against Fear. 

Chemicalization. 

Lecture XL . . 174 

Faith, its Power and Effect. 

Treatment Against Confusion and Inharmony. 
Lecture XII . ,189 

Peace and Good-will. 



IV CONTENTS. 

Man the Architect of his Own Fortune, and 

Shaper of his Own Destiny. 
Directions on Healing. 
God's Kingdom the Sole Reality. 
No Eeality in Sickness. 
General Formula. 

PAET III. 

Lecture XIII 205 

Brotherhood of Man. 
The Good Samaritan. 

Lecture XIV 223 

The Decline of Spiritual Power in the Church, 

and Falling Away From the Faith. 
Union of Church and State under Constantine. 

Lecture XV. 242 

Glorious Transformation of Humanity Result- 
ing from the Spiritual Unity of the Race. 

Appeal in Behalf of this Subject. 

The Spirit of Antichrist. 

Healing Intended to be a Blessing not Confined 
to one Age, or Generation. 

The Power that is to Overthrow Atheism and 
Infidelity. 

The Coming Transcendent Spiritual State. 

All Medicines Poisons. 

Spirituality the only Real Cure from Vicious 
Habits. 

The Millennial Dawn. 

Grand Unity of the Race, and Humanity Glori- 
fied. 



Preface. 



In bringing before the people the following lectures, 
the author would say that their coming forth was wholly 
fortuitous. They are the outgrowth of rather extended 
notes, prepared for the purpose of teaching a private 
class, composed of a few who were interested in this work, 
about which so much has been spoken and written in 
disparagement, most unjustly, unfairly and intolerantly. 

We have designed these lectures and instructions in 
healing to be a ready help to all who have gone through 
a course of lectures and need some coarse of study, to 
keep up with the principles and practice of this science, 
and thus go on to still higher learning and more expanded 
understanding. We have endeavored to make all the 
principles of this science, as plain as language could 
present them ; so that the common people might study and 
gain insight into these momentous truths, that they so 
much need to lift them out of a state of dependence, and in 
a manner into a state of freedom and independence, save 
of Him, "Who maketh his sun to rise upon the evil and 



4 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

upon the good ; and sendeth rain upon the just and upon 
the unjust; and withholdeth no good thing from them, 
that walk uprightly." We offer these lessons in an 
especial manner to those, who wish to enter the work, 
and ministry of the word. We have in the course of 
these fifteen lectures endeavored to touch nearly all the 
important questions, and vital truths involved in this 
occult science, of real practical value. 

Of course we could give only a passing notice, as 
many of these would require volumes, to do them complete 
justice. These will however open to the neophyte, the 
door of entrance into the labyrinth of mystic knowledge 
and spiritual growth. 

The masses of the people are the main object aimed 
at, to reach with these lessons of divine truth, to relieve 
them of the heavy burdens and turmoils of life, under 
which they live and suffer, and set them free in the 
truth. The honest and earnest study of the doctrines and 
principles herein presented, will not only lift off from 
the mind fear, which is the chief torment of existence, 
but will give life a new meaning, and inspire with a 
higher conception and with higher motives, which will 
characterize a higher life ; the student will gain some 
insight into the great questions, of "Who am I ? Whence 
came I ? Whither go I ?" To the family, and especially 
the mofher, these lessons are invaluable in the rearing 
of children, who take into their receptive minds, more 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 5 

from this source than all others in their earliest years, 
when their infantile minds are opening to drink in the 
thought influences thus imparted ; if these are errors the 
child is the victim, with no possibility of escape, but if 
they are truth the whole life and tenor of mind of the 
child would be ordered on a higher and grander scale. 
The victim of intemperate habits could, by taking in 
these truths, and using these treatments, develope the 
latent spiritual forces within himself, sufficently to gain 
the mastery over the illusions of a morbid appetite ; for 
"With God all things are possible." The truth is when 
the spiritual powers are brought out and assert their God- 
given heritage of dominion, all the base and sensuous 
desires and appetites readily succumb, by yielding sub- 
mission, and relinquishing their grasp. In fact, by the 
earnest and persistent study and practice of these truths, 
all the questions of this life, can be met, and all the 
harmful conditions, that seem inextricably interwoven 
with it, turned aside and overcome. We think the era 
of independence of thought has already set in ; and many 
who have thought but little, are thinking much now. 
The more thinking the less bondage, to other peoples' 
minds, as expressed in creeds and theological dogmas. 
There can be but little doubt, in the minds of those who 
are endued with that kind of perception, which belongs 
to the class of spiritual things, that a heavenly visitation 
of no little magnitude is at hand, and whose harbingers 



6 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

have already made their appearance. While the great 
body of Christendom, are heedless in regard to any 
interruption that may transpire, as an interference, 
with the long settled belief, that all the light there 
is to give, has been given, and the book of inspira* 
tion is the sole guide and teacher, and nothing higher 
is required or needed. They vaguely recognize spiritual 
influence, as occasional visitations, in limited measure, 
in seasons of revival work. They believe in limitation 
in spiritual growth and power, and thereby deny to 
themselves the holy functions of the divine spirit, which 
the great teacher stated to be as follows : "He the spirit 
of truth, when He is come shall bring those blessed 
teachings of our Lord to remembrance." "He shall take 
the things of God and show them to you." "He will lead 
you into all truth and show you things to come." And 
the promise was that he should "Abide with you forever." 
Which must in like manner imply, that all his opera- 
tions, as there set forth, together with all the power that 
should be given from above, to those who are true 
believers, should in like manner abide forever; as such 
a promise would be of little advantage, without the 
attendant benefits. 

Thus we are compelled to infer, that whatever office 
He exercised for them, He under like conditions will 
exercise now for us. 

There was never at any time, any intimation, that 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 7 

these functions of the divine spirit were to cease their 
benificent operations. The above promise voluntarily 
given, and never at any time revoked, must have been 
intended to remain as the infallible guide and illumi- 
nator of all who were willing to be led by the spirit of God ; 
and "So become the sons of God." It is doubtless a great 
truth that if we limit his operations, His work will be, 
for those doing so, limited to that extent ; and if excluded 
altogether, they will be empty of all spiritual power: 
but if on the other hand we open wide the door, He will 
come in unto us, and be all in all, in the fulfillment of 
His heavenly mission of meting out in complete ful- 
fillment, such of the diverse spiritual gifts, set forth in 
1 Cor., XII, as we are most receptive of, and accord- 
ingly as we are adapted to the special work. All 
these spiritual gifts were pledged to the church, and 
were not limited to any age or generation. We have 
divided our work into three parts. The first six lectures 
are on the statement of the general principles, which 
underlie this science, we call Christian, or the interior 
knowledge of the Christ ; these constitute Part 1. The 
next six lectures, Part II, constitute mainly instruction 
on the methods of healing. And the last three are, Part 
III, an address, in the form of an appeal, to the whole 
human family. The first setting out reasons why all 
men are brethren ; the second, how the spiritual power 
given to the church was lost ; and third its incipient 



8 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

recovery in this age, and the glorious transformation to 

be effected by the unity of the race. 

Hoping these lectures will receive a careful study and 

investigation, by all under whose observation they may 

fall ; with earnest wishes for the good of all, we send 

this volume forth to the world, with the one object of 

blessing mankind. 

D. D. Bryant. 

March, 1891. Neosho, Mo. 



I 



Lecture L 

SOUKCE OF BEING; ONE GOD. 

N THE preparation of a regular course of lessons on 
any subject it is always customary to lay down, as 
a foundation, certain basic principles on which to 
rear something of a superstructure to correspond with 
the fundamental doctrines therein enunciated. This is 
true in relation to any ordinary scientific theme, but 
when applied to any occult subject the necessity be- 
comes much more apparent. 

It is said by a distinguished moral philosopher 
(Paley) that mankind act more from habit than reflec- 
tion. When certain opinions and beliefs have long 
been held, and have settled down in the mind as true, 
and that, too, without any or very little reflection, to 
make an innovation upon this habit of thought by the 
introduction of contrary and opposite ideas and beliefs, 
is sure to meet with, at least for a time, determined 
resistance. It is far from being an easy conquest to 
induce people to yield long cherished notions on any 
subject about which they have any considerable interest. 



10 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

Mankind as a rule have an aversion to the investigation 
of any theme which requires much mental application 
and labor, preferring to allow others to do their thinking 
for them, and they adopt their opinions as a full and 
final settlement of the question. 

The great mass of thinking people for many centur- 
ies have been confined to the material, rational, and 
intellectual plane of thought ; not even recognizing the 
reality of a higher plane still ; a spiritual and divine 
state, into which man may rise, and there exercise the 
highest and noblest faculties of his being. 

The subject we wish to present in this lesson is one 
we would approach with a sense of awe and becoming 
reverence, as it comprehends all things in length, 
breadth, and height, and depth immeasurable, and out- 
lines the possibility of all human thought. We can say 
the Being — God — carries with it all that can be meant 
by Omnipotence, Omniscience, Omnipresence; all that 
could in any manner be embraced in the terms, the All 
Good, Truth, Life and Love. But where is the finite 
mind that can grasp the unfathomable signification of 
these terms when applied to the one and only source, 
cause and creator of all things ? There was a period 
when there was no creation, when the beginning had 
not begun, when God, in his ocean of infinitude, and 
sea of Being, was All. And as He is the same " Un- 
changing I Am," past, present and future, whatever ex- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 11 

ists by creation, or promulgation, as things visible, or 
invisible, are but manifestations and outflowings from 
this incomprehensible source and fountain of all that 
exists, and everything must, in some way, carry with it 
a representative character, and bear some natural rela- 
tion to it, under an invariable and uniform law, gov- 
erning cause and effect. Whatever issues from a given 
source must possess a nature like it, as like begets like. 

In the third chapter of Eevelations, Christ appeared 
to John on the Isle of Patmos and said : "I am the be- 
ginning of the creation of God." In the first chapter of 
Colossians Paul says, "He (Christ) is the image of the 
invisible God, the first-born of every creature." And 
Christ told his disciple's that he and His Father were 
One. And it is also said: "In Him dwelleth all the 
fullness of the Godhead bodily." 

Whatever has any real existence must exist spiritu- 
ally, as its source is essentially spiritual. The whole 
visible universe is nothing more than the phenomenal 
display of invisible spiritual realities. In its vast and 
wonderful machinery it indicates a still vaster and 
more wonderful mind operating in and behind all. 

In the course of these lessons we shall endeavor all 
along to apply this principle : All is mind, which exists 
in everything, and is the cause of everything, and gov- 
erns and controls everything, without any exception at 
all. Whatever appears to contradict these propositions 



12 CHKISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

are not realities, but are, when setting forth such pre- 
tensions, nothing but illusions. Whatever makes to us 
a visible appearance, in whatever form or quality, is in 
some manner or degree an indication of a condition of 
mind. Thought is not a faculty of the mind, but is 
mind itself in motion, and is that by which inward 
states are externalized. This principle holds good in 
an especial manner when applied to the human body. 
All of its states as to form, size, physiological, or hygi- 
enic conditions, are solely clue to the influence of the 
inward operating thoughts, 

Large people, small people, strong people, weak peo- 
ple, healthy people, sickly people, are in each and 
every case the natural and inevitable result of thought 
power. This is putting it in strong terms, but it is, 
nevertheless, all equally true; and does account for 
much that has always been considered inexplicable. A 
sick body is caused by an abnormal and disordered 
state of thought, either conscious or unconscious, and 
may either be set in motion in our own minds, or thrust 
into us by the thoughts of others, in which case the 
patient is the victim of reflected errors, and is so alto- 
gether unavoidably on his part, and this applies in 
nearly every case to little children, who have no means 
of escape. 

But we will return to the subject we laid down as 
the foundation and premise from which we designed 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 13 

making some deductions. In the main, the present 
state of thought, the world over, presents an aspect of 
discord, disagreement, disunion, divergency, and an 
anarchy on almost every leading topic, that is of any 
considerable interest, to any large number of people. 
The world today is divided irreconcilably on the main 
subjects of human interest. The religious, political, 
and the social present every shade, complexion and 
cast, that theory, circumstances and necessity could 
bring into existence. And all this state of things, to a 
large extent, is owing to the want of understanding as 
to the true source whence sprang all that is ; and the 
closely bound relationship that every human entity 
sustains to his source ; and herein the like inseparable 
relationship that each and all sustain to each other. 
When mankind shall fully realize they all are the off- 
spring of one common Father, and carry in their in- 
most the very nature and attributes, in a possibly 
unlimited degree, of their real source of being ; and 
shall recognize the universal brotherhood of man ; then 
indeed we may look for the fulfillment of the prophecy, 
that nation shall not lift up sword against nation, nor 
learn war any more. 

I. Omnipotence. — All manifestations of power the 
world over, by whomsoever or whatsoever, is nothing 
more nor less than the display of just so much of the 
Omnipotent power of God, The more we search into 



14 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

this reality, the more absolutely real it becomes to us ; 
the more we learn of ourselves and God the more 
we know of our utter dependence upon Him for all 
things. It is said in His book that "Without him we 
can do nothing." And Paul at Athens, on Mars Hill, 
proclaimed to that learned gathering that "In Him we 
live, move and have our being," and "He giveth us life 
and breath and all things." The psalmist says : "Power 
belongeth to God," Ps. lxii., 10 ; "And the God of Israel 
is He that giveth strength and power unto His people," 
Ps. lxviii., 35; "He giveth power to the faint and to 
them that have no might He increaseth strength," Isa. 
xl., 29. Christ after his resurrection announced to His 
disciples that "All power was given unto Him in Heaven 
and in earth." He promised them that He and His 
Father would come unto them and make their abode 
with them. It is under this promise that every true 
child of God has his share of this power lodged in him. 
They were commanded to tarry at Jerusalem until they 
should be endued with power from on high. Thus we 
can affirm that all the power of the universe emanated 
from the Omnipotent All. 

II. Omnipresence. — God is everywhere. This attri- 
bute has been styled Omnipresence. The psalmist says : 
"Whither shall I go from thy spirit, or whither shall I 
flee from thy presence," Ps. cxxxix., 7; "Do not I fill 
Heaven and earth, sayeth the Lord," Jer. xxiii., 24. In 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 15 

all this vast universe there is no spot where God is not. 
"The eyes of the Lord are in every place, beholdmg the 
evil and the good." This divine presence is a blessed 
reality for the good and comfort of all His children. 
Paul told those idolatrous Greeks, at Athens, that God 
was "not very far from any one of them, and that they 
should fesl after Him if happly they might find Him." 
Everything we behold is a manifestation of the presence 
of the All Good. There is no particle of matter but has 
the potency of God in it which is the mighty cohesive 
force by which all things are held together. The space 
between Heaven and earth is possessed by God alone. 
To know this ever living presence man must seek with- 
in the chambers of his own being; as every effort out- 
ward would be traveling in the opposite direction. To 
enter into this divine spiritual presence is to be lifted 
upon a loftier plane of thought, feeling and existence 
and is a state of being while "in the world, not of the 
world ;" as "old things are passed away and all things 
are new." 

To recognize the All presence of the All Good by pure 
spiritual thoughts, puts us on agreeable terms with the 
substantial realities of spiritual things, and helps us to 
enter into that divine state, here and now, wherein we 
have inner perception by which the nothingness 
of eiil and matter as generally accepted will be 
clearly apparent — that spiritual things are the only 



16 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER e 

realities, and that All is Good, to the complete and ab- 
solute exclusion of everything to the contrary. To rec- 
ognize the all presence of good inspires us with a confi- 
dence and trust that lifts us out of that state of fear, 
which is the hive out of which the greater portion of 
disease and suffering swarm, and breaks the hold upon 
us of every dreaded thing that now holds the world in 
bondage, and enables us to enter fully upon that divine 
heritage, the liberty of the children of God. 

III. Omniscience : — Which comprises all the wisdom, 
understanding, intelligence and knowledge, whenever, 
wherever, however, and by whatsoever displayed in all 
the universe, whether by great, or small things, by man 
or animal, by animate or inanimate. There is but one 
life and mind and all things that exist, and have these 
potencies, receive them from this one and only source. 
"He is called only wise." Eom. xvi. 27. "He is 
called the only wise God, King of Kings, and Lord of 
Lords." 1 Tim. i., 17. Paul speaks of " The depths of 
riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God." This 
divine intelligence was the knowing principle of the 
seers and prophets of all ages; and was that which 
enabled Jesus the Christ to speak "As never man 
spake," the same was it that enabled the apostles on 
the day of pentecost to speak with new tongues, as the 
spirit gave them utterance ; by it the whole system of 
the mathematics of the stars and constellations in their 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 17 

complex and uniform movements, is ciphered out and all 
their problems solved; it is the intelligent principle in 
man and instinct of animals; and is the manifested 
wisdom everywhere displayed in nature ; it is the great 
harmonizer of the universe. 

IV. The Supreme Goodness. — The very term " God" 
means good. It is an old Saxon word, and came into 
our language untranslated. It implies quality, and so 
belongs alone to God. He is the only source of good. 
Jesus said : " There is none good but one, and that is 
God." Then this Divine essence is everywhere, and 
enters into everything, and fills all things. It must be 
very abundant, and of easy access, and of unwasting 
plenitude. It can then, in reality, have no negative; 
and therefore we can say, as we shall teach in the fol- 
lowing lessons, there is no reality in evil, for all is good. 
But we must ask in order to receive, and failing in our 
thoughts to recognize the allness of good, evil in some 
form, and to some extent will have power over us. To 
recognize good to the exclusion of everything else, 
brings us good only as no contradictory thought can 
get into the mind. But on the other hand, to recognize 
evil only, to the total exclusion of good in thought, 
which is very extreme, bring to us nothing but evil con- 
tinually, and this thought in its last analysis is the 
devil. All is owing to our own choice in will and 
thought. Solomon says, in his proverbs: " As a man 



18 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

thinketh in his heart, so is he." Whenever evil, as 
it is called, shall cease, it will be by its going entirely 
out of thought, When sin shall be destroyed it will 
be by exterminating it from thought. When vice, im- 
morality, and profanity shall disappear it will be be- 
cause they have no existence in thought. When sick- 
ness, sorrow and all kinds of suffering shall utterly 
cease on the face of the earth, as we are taught by 
revelation, will be when the fullness of the Kingdom 
of God shall come ; it will be when these states of 
thought have been erased entirely from the human 
mind, and gone completely out of consciousness; then 
all tears will be wiped away. Hear what the old Gospel 
prophet says : " The former troubles are forgotten, and 
because they are hid from mine eyes/' "For behold, I 
create new heavens and new earth, and the former 
shall not be remembered, nor come into mind." Isa. 
lxv., 16, 17. Good is always a positive quality and 
enters into ail things, and is an inherent principle in 
the very constitution and structure of every created 
entity, and voices forth its Divine origin, as good can 
emanate from no other source. We proclaim, in our 
teaching as a fundamental truth, that all is good. 
And we have the Divine testimony backing us ; "And 
God saw everything that he had made, and behold, it 
was very good." Gen. i., 31. " The Lord is good to all, 
and his tender mercies are over all his works." Ps. cxlv., 9. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 19 

V. Truth. — It is said, "Truth is the thought of 
God, getting expression in the thought of man. And as 
the perfect universe exists in the divine thought, Truth 
is the only key to the knowledge of it. It must be spirit- 
ually, not materially, discerned." 

All laws are of spiritual origin, and spiritual, and 
enter into all things, as the upholding principle of the 
whole universe. Truth is the very essence and reality 
of all things ; is the positive principle that is opposed 
by all errors and negative assumptions; is the light 
that shines into the darkness and lighteth every man 
that cometh into the world. Christ said, " I am the 
way, the truth and the life." 

VI. Life. — As there is but one mind, of which all 
other minds are a part, as the sunbeams are a part of 
the sun, so also there is but one life that enters into 
everything that exists. Life is everywhere, and is the 
soul in all its varied degrees of manifestation of every 
living entity. This one universal life shows itself in 
the green herb, the creeping insect, the moving animal, 
the fish of the sea, the flying fowls, and in man, of 
whom it is said, "He is wonderfully and fearfully 
made." God is the only life, and all the parts and par- 
ticles of Life are scintillations of this one glowing center 
of life. The psalmist says, "With thee is the founda- 
tion of life." £s. xxxvi., 9; John i., 4, speaking of the 
manifested word, he says, " In Him was life and the 



20 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

life was the light of men." This one life is the renew- 
ing, restoring, reviving and healing principle, that acts 
directly and specifically upon plants, animals and man. 
It is called nature, and in the medical works "Vis 
medicatrix natura," the healing power of nature, and 
is admitted by all scientific physicians to be the only 
real curative principle, and all that material remedies 
could do at any time is to arouse this natural healing 
principle into vigorous activity. In this healing sci- 
ence it is all that is relied upon ; and is energized and 
reinforced by the power of thought acting directly upon 
it and in it by the healer, who is equipped with a 
knowledge of the procedure, and whose spiritual under- 
standing is unfolded. This one universal life principle 
becomes, by its farthest projection from its divine center 
and incandescent source, the vital principle that ani- 
mates all material substances. It is a rising and de- 
veloping vital spark from lowest to highest, as an in- 
cessant process of evolution, marked by constant and 
rapid change, and ceaseless motion, as one of its in- 
herent and inseperable laws, by which its final destiny 
is accomplished. Through all the countless changes it 
undergoes in its ascending scale, it preserves intact its 
peculiar identity and individuality, which is never lost 
in all the great forever, and reaches its perfected state 
and climax of being in the Christ of God. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 21 

VII. Love. — The next and last attribute we will 
present is love. Like the former, it is alone the prop- 
erty of the source of All Being. It is said, "God is 
love," and also "Love is of God." Love is the highest 
action, effluxion, or motion of the spirit ; hence love is 
the fulfilling of the law. If love flows out of us, it is 
from its source, within which is God, who, as the highest 
term to express the highest life, dwells in man as love. 
With this delineation, we have no difficulty in tracing 
to its source every manifestation of this highest, holiest 
and happiest sentiment and feeling that humanity ever 
has or ever can experience. Love is the feminine prin- 
ciple of the dual divinity and in conjunction with the 
life force is the Mother principle of God, from which 
has issued forth everything that exists or has being, and 
is the Mother of all Living, and the substance of all 
things, the manifest Holy Spirit which sheds God's love 
abroad in the hearts of his children. On the higher 
spiritual plane, where all are the offspring of God, it 
is the highest vitalizing current of the divine life, and 
flows there unceasingly, as the river of life to all and 
through all the children of the highest. We can readily 
see why Jesus taught with so much emphasis, that men 
should love ; should "Love God," should, "Love Him," 
should "Love one another," should "Love their neigh- 
bor as themselves," and likewise "Love their enemies." 
In this last thought the perfect equality, on the spiritual 



22 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

plane, is clearly set forth; and we are to recognize all as 
one great family, of one great parent, all alike entitled 
to the same love from all, not even recognizing the per- 
sonal state of anyone whatever, or any selfish consider- 
ations, which are the very groundwork of all the ani- 
mosities and enmities that rankle in the human heart, 
knowing as He did these existed through sheer ignorance 
of the real facts, and the truth bearing upon man's 
real relationship to God and one another. "Love is the 
bond of union," Col. ii., 2. Love is the "Bond of per- 
fectness," Col. iii., 14. Love is every where displayed in 
the universe ; it holds the stars in their courses ; it 
brings seed time and harvest ; Winter and Summer ; 
rain and sunshine. "He maketh his sun to rise upon 
the just and the unjust." What volumes it would take 
to exhaust the subject of love ! It is inexhaustable as 
God is. Everything that is not of love is not good. 
Nothing is so elevating as love ; nothing so divine. 
W T herever seen and felt, it is a diffusion of the very 
essence divine, and manifests the presence, power and 
goodness of God. 

We have now presented in a brief manner, and in 
outline form, with marked imperfectness, some of the 
incomprehensible attributes of the Source whence we 
have derived our being, and in our inmost are not and 
never have been separated. 

All this array of Divine Truth is undisputed reality, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 23 

and exists everywhere, to the complete nullification of 
every negative, or contradictory assumption. What- 
ever fails to accord with these everywhere existing 
realities are nonentities, and may be declared so. These 
truths have always been taught inferentially by Divine 
revelation, in relation to human suffering, which on the 
Divine plane of our own being has no reality. And ex- 
emption therefrom has been pledged to the people of 
God in all ages of the world. When the children of 
Israel came out of Egypt, they were promised by the 
Almighty that if they w r ould keep his statutes, and walk 
in all his commandments, that He would keep them 
from the diseases of Egypt, for He says : "I am the 
Lord that healed thee." All along through the psalms 
of David the Divine healing power is taught and 
praised. In Chron. xvi., Asa, the King, dies in his sick- 
ness, because he seeks not unto the Lord, but the phy- 
sician. In Isaiah, xxxviii., Hezekiah was sick unto" 
death, and he sought unto the Lord and not unto the 
physician, and was healed. The same prophet telling 
of Christ's kingdom and the Gospel reign, says : "The 
inhabitant shall not say : 'lam sick.' " Isaiah, xxxiii., 24. 
When Christ came, He began His great work on 
earth by teaching and healing. He sent out seventy 
disciples in different directions, two by two, and their 
work was to teach and heal. Jesus taught that those 
that believe on Him should do the works that He did, 



24 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and even greater works after He went to His Father. 
After the resurrection of our Lord, He met his apostles 
according to previous appointment in Galilee, and there 
gave the great commission, which was: " Go into all 
the world and preach the Gospel and heal the sick ; r 
that commission to teach and heal was His last grand 
command and instruction, before he left the world, as 
the visible Lord; and that commission will doubtless 
remain in full force and effect until the end. Under 
that commission preaching is going on now. But it is 
said the power to heal has been lost, or discontinued ; 
this is without any authority, whatever, from the Scrip- 
tures. We read of gifts of healing, by the Holy Spirit 
in 1 Cor. xii., and is directed in the Epistle of James as 
part of the work of the church. 

From all this it is clear to thinking minds that teach- 
ing and healing were to go hand in hand all down the 
ages, as the Lord's own program, in the gospel promul- 
gation, until "the kingdom of this world should become 
the kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ; that earth's 
humanity should be delivered from the power of sin 
and disease as its legitimate result, and the whole 
raised up to know the realities of a truly spiritual life 
in Christ, where all the evil conditions of the earthy 
life and thought are left behind; where they know 
the truth and the truth makes them free. We have it 
in our power under this gospel promulgation and dis- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND DEALER. 25 

pensation of the Holy Spirit, here and now to rise con- 
tinually higher and higher into the spiritual dimen- 
sion, until we become free from all material trammels 
and environments, and live alone the life of the spirit; 
when it can be said "The body is dead because of sin, 
but the spirit is life because of righteousness." Jesus 
taught in His sermon on the mount that His dis- 
ciples should be perfect as their Father in Heaven is 
perfect. And Paul in his various writings taught this 
same divine perfection. The world ought not to reject 
these truths as too much and too far in advance of the 
age, when they have been taught and practiced in the 
ages long ago. 

What has been done can be done again, on the higher 
plane of thought in strict accordance with law. 

Of course we make no claim to miraculous power as 
in the olden time idea, such as raising the dead, in the 
literal sense ; but spiritually, the work might go very 
far in that direction, but all in strict accordance with 
the laws of the higher life. 

In this extremely materialistic age, the human 
thought has been engrossed chiefly with the solving of 
problems in the realm of science on the physical plane ; 
and the more steadfastly and intensely the mind has 
been occupied in this direction, the more neglect have 
the higher modes of mentality shown ; and the higher 
spiritual states of inspirational power been ignored, 



26 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

until now few claim any endowment beyond the high- 
est intellectual development; and to speak of spiritual 
endowment above the range of the intellectual faculties 
is to incur the epithets of fanatic and crank. 

There is undoubtedly dawning, a new spiritual day, 
as every indication points to that fact. It must, ac- 
cording to Divine revelation, come some time, and cer- 
tainly a more fitting and auspicious time can hardly be 
conceived; and one which in so many respects meets 
the requirements of prophecy, surely the night is far 
spent and the new day is at hand, even at the very 
door. 

This lesson, being in a manner, the foundation of 
those that shall follow, we shall have frequent occasion 
to allude to the principles and statements herein set 
forth; as they are the ground work of all science, they 
are most certainly of this, the highest of all. 

"The wilderness and solitary place shall be made 
glad, because of them, And the desert shall rejoice and 
blossom as a rose." Truth is spreading her white wings 
to explore earth's loneliest bounds, and ocean's wildest 
shore." 



I 



Lecture II. 

THE WORD AND THOUGHT TRANSFERENCE. 

N THE previous lecture we have endeavored, imper- 
fectly, to lay before you some of the fundamental 
doctrines of this science, called Christian, or very 
fittingly, the Science of The Christ. 

All saving and healing power and virtue belong alone 
to that "Name which is above every name," and which 
in fact is an integral part, and highest excellence of, 
every individual of earth's humanity, which God, the 
Father, is pleased to recognize as His own Creation and 
offspring, and when in full manifestation and revealment 
in the human soul, "is able to save to the uttermost, all 
who come unto Him ;" or seek within the indwelling I 
am; "The only name under Heaven, given among men" 
whereby they can be rescued from sin and all its con- 
sequences. And it is no power outside of man's self, 
to this end, but is the name given among men and in 
men. We are warranted in the assertion that all men 
in their inmost are good ; the potencies of good are in 
all mankind, however bad and depraved they may show 



28 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

out in their habits and life; but only let the real self 
be drawn out, which is altogether good, and let that 
come into complete manifestation, .and take complete 
control of the outer life, and then we have what the 
Psalmist calls "The perfect man whose end is peace." 
All this goodness and perfection comes from within the 
man himself. It is in reality the Christ principle and 
potency, with which every one is endowed. The next 
thought is, whence this Christ, and who, and what is 
this mighty name and principle? In Eev. iii., He 
announces Himself to John as, "The beginning of the 
creation of God." In Col. i., He is said to be the first 
born of every creature." In Heb. He is said to be "The 
brightness of the Father's glory and the express image 
of His person." And again in Col. i., Paul says, "It 
pleases the Father that in Him should all fullness dwell." 
John i., says, "He is the only begotten son of God, full of 
grace and truth," and, "In Him was life and the life 
was the light of men." 

The all-pervading reality of this, and all other sci- 
ences, is that all is mind; all things come of it, and ex- 
ist in it, and in the last analysis return to it. These 
are incontrovertible truisms; as mind is the all-com- 
prehensive principle, from which all things visible or 
invisible come forth ; all were and are the offspring of 
mind. 

The primordial correlative phases of this immate- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 29 

rial, universal, self -existent All, are intelligence and emo- 
tion, Divine life and Divine love — masculine and femi- 
nine ; and the harmonious junction of these, formulate 
ideas which are the only real creations; and all things 
that exist are the products of these two primordial quali- 
ties of the great first cause. Every phenomenon in na- 
ture, every phase of existence, every condition the 
world over, all the boasted progress in inventions and 
discoveries, all the phases of society, all the conditions 
the world over, in which the race finds itself, and all in- 
dividual conditions whatever, must be accounted for, 
alone, upon the one hypothesis of mind, and that is the 
one force and motive power, that is back of all things, 
and there is no exception. The word comes first in the 
grand order of emanation from Him who is* " From ever- 
lasting to everlasting ; " "And which was in the begin- 
ning, and was with God and was God ; " "All things 
were made by Him, and without Him was not anything 
made that was made." The word creates and governs 
all things. It is the truth by which humanity, believing 
on His name, are sanctified. This is the Word,which has 
power, and when spoken brings to pass whatever faith 
claims. It is variously called the " The word of truth," 
" The word of life," " The word of faith ; " which is " nigh 
thee, and in thy heart, and in thy mouth." To speak the 
truth from this center of being, in faith, produces, or 
brings about the state of things desired. It is expressly 



30 CHKISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

stated in Isaiah that my word shall not return unto 
me void." Jesus says : " My words shall never pass 
away ; " and God through Isaiah expressly declared that 
it should " Prosper in the things whereunto He sent it." 
There is one thought we should never overlook, and 
that is, we are continually allied to this Divine inward- 
ness, and so are enabled to be co-workers with God ; 
and when we speak the living word, it issues out of this 
immaculate source within ; as nothing from an external 
source could have anything more than limited results. 
This sets forth a close relation between man and his 
Creator, God and His children ; but not any closer than 
Jesus, Paul and John enunciated in their teaching. 
The terms " children of God," " sons of God," " off- 
spring of God," were freely used by them, to indicate 
the Divine relationship, that man sustains to his Cre- 
ator. The word is the highest and fullest expression of 
the invisible God, "Who only hath immortality dwelling 
in the light." And the word partakes of the fullness of 
this life and love, which emanates, alone, from the one 
fountain of life, and only source of love. The word be- 
comes the manifested God under the title and mani- 
fested office of The Christ, "Who is God, in the flesh, 
justified in the spirit, seen of angels, and preached unto 
the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into 
glory." In order to understand the methods and modus 
operandi by which all this great work of healing, which 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 31 

will be treated of in the second six lectures, is carried on 
we think it meet that we devote the remainder of this 
lecture towards acquainting the disciple with the pro- 
cess and machinery, which is proving so effective, from 
Boston to San Francisco, and likewise in many parts of 
Europe. The husbandman must have his implements 
of agriculture, the mechanic tools and instruments, 
and in war, arms and munitions of war are indispensa- 
ble, either in defensive or offensive operations. 

We reiterate, that in the preceding lectures we have 
endeavored to lay before the student some of the funda- 
mental truths that occupy the very base of the whole 
structure of the universe. We, as individuals, are never 
sundered from the whole; and likewise inwardly as 
individuals are never separated from each other, each 
one is a fragment of the universal humanity, and all 
life is the same life springing from the one sole foun- 
tain of life ; we are the children of one great Parent. 
Then the mighty principles that form the base, and 
which enter into the whole structure of manifested being 
affect each one as differentiated portions, as part and 
partaker of the great whole. Within each one of us 
there is imbedded and stored away all the potential 
elements in miniature form that are in any manner 
contained in the whole. Our great life work is to seek 
out the way within, that leads into the great world with- 
in. Living as we have so long on the outer plane, which 



32 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

is so limited in all its phases, it is difficult at first to 
form any adequate conception of the vastness of that 
realm of the spiritual state within our own being. 
Nothing is external to us, but all within. The mighty 
power and capabilities, so earnestly set forth and taught, 
in holy writ, are all to be sought out and found within. 
Wisdom is within ; understanding is within ; the divine 
counsel is within ; might and power are within ; knowl- 
edge is within; righteousness is within; reverence and 
holy fear are within ; truth is within ; and the fountain 
of eternal life is to be sought and found alone within ; the 
God lit city with her golden glories, is to be journeyed 
to within. All this is of a different order from what the 
world has in modern times, with few exceptions been 
taught ; but it all must be true, since the most inward 
of our being is never at any time sundered from these 
attributes of divinity and is divinity itself, whose com- 
munion with the Father is never interrupted. It is 
time we were waking out of sleep, and seeking out the 
wonderful possibilities within our reach. Say the scrip- 
tures, "Awake, thou that sleepeth, and arise from the 
dead, and Christ shall give thee light." The healing 
and cleansing fountain opened in the house of David, 
is to be found in the depths within. All healing and 
saving power works from within outward, and reaches 
down to lift up the soul and life to a higher plane of 
safety. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 33 

The Christ, the manifested Word, is within each one, 
waiting to be sought, in order to be found, waiting to 
be believed on, in order to show forth his power to save 
and heal ; Christ calls from within, "Come unto me all 
ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you 
rest." Christian Scientists know something of what 
this means. The highest attainment any can ever 
reach in pursuing inwardly his journey up the narrow, 
shining way is a state of pure spirit ; and this state is 
attainable here and now, by the complete renunciation 
of the desires of the senses, and by indrawing and uni- 
fying the whole, into one complete inward spiritual 
man, which state is to be "Bisen with Christ." All this 
admitted, it must be clear to minds in search of truth, 
that there are lodged within each individual of the 
whole humanity wonderful powers for good, and for 
developing good, and bringing it into manifestation. 
One of our basic statements is, all is mind and all is 
good. In our inmost and true divine self, there is 
never sin, nor sorrow, neither can sickness, nor death, 
ever spring from that source ; there is no torment of 
fear, no abnormal state or inharmony whatever. When 
the whole nature is subdued and all is under the 
dominion of spirit, which pervades the whole, disease of 
any kind is kept at bay, and if it should, through inad- 
vertance, get a hold, so to speak, it could be at most 
but superficial, and of easy conquest, by the power of 



34 CHKISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

the Word, in denial and affirmation; as all could be 
nothing but mere illusion, and belong to that realm of 
thought where appearances are accepted as realities and 
shadows as substance. All manner of disease, of every 
type whatever, is nothing more nor less than a state 
of thought ; whatever that may be, it is the condition of 
the thinker, if he thinks wrong— abnormal — thoughts, 
if they run into believing he is sick, that is just the state 
he is in ; he really could not be otherwise in the verv 
nature and structure of human consciousness, for the 
consciousness must correspond with the thought out of 
which it springs, or by which it is formulated ; "As a 
man thinketh in his heart so is he." A man's state is 
just what he is conscious of being ; if he is conscious of 
being sick, this is his conscious condition, although 
brought about by wrong and inverted thoughts, as 
wrong thoughts and beliefs generate a wrong conscious- 
ness. So in treatment of disease, it is our province to 
use the Word in denying away the whole collective mass 
of errors, and illusions of this lower condition of things. 
It would be blessed indeed if everyone of the race could 
be lifted out of this, up into the higher consciousness, 
where the true state of being and existence could be 
apprehended by the light of truth. When Christ is in 
full revealment, in us. we are then endued with power 
from on high; for "All power is given unto Him in 
Heaven and in earth :" and the King on His throne with- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 35 

in can be invoked to use this power through us, to the 
total destruction of sin and all manner of suffering, and 
the last enemy (death) likewise. His Word is just as 
powerful now as when on earth He cast out the spirits 
by it. When issued out of the divine courts, within, it 
goes forth on its mission of truth and good, and never 
returns void. With the Christ principle and power 
within, and His word at our command, it ought not to 
be thought a thing incredible, that we can heal the sick, 
and cast out devils, or evil states of the mind ; or take 
up serpents; come in contact with vicious minds or 
diseases, of malignant type, or drink any deadly thing, 
without hurt, or poisonous thought of wicked men, which 
are obtruded into the receptacle of the outer mind. 
Paul said : "The Word is nigh thee, and in thy heart 
and in thy mouth." Peter said : "If any man speak, let 
him speak as the oracles of God ;" or use the indwelling 
Word for the communication of truth. The spoken 
Word goes forth from the point of God within. We 
usually speak in silence, and somehow our words come 
true to our own conscious knowledge; and so health and 
harmony of mind and body are realized in us. We gain 
knowledge of divine things by the use of the spoken 
word; we can rise slowly but perceptibly into the 
infinite silence, and realize that there is a world of 
realities in which we live and have our being, which 
is ever unfolding to our beatific vision. 



36 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

We have, in the mam, treated of the Word as a 
means of self help, both in body and mind, and have 
shown how great its power is upon both outer and inner 
life. We come now to treat of the other branch of this 
lesson by which the same work we can do for ourselves 
can, in like manner, be extended to others; and the 
means by which the living Word can be made available 
to them, in the like degree and efficacy. We come, now, 
to treat of Thought Transference, a new name to most 
people; but the subject is as old as Mind and Thought 
themselves ; and has been considered and treated of by 
some of the wise of the schools of metaphysical philoso- 
phy of both ancient and modern times. A few years 
ago a society of eminent men, in every department of 
science and literature, was formed in England, called 
The Society of Psychical Kesearch ; and their published 
reports show that Thought Transference is an estab- 
lished fact, which they arrived at by experiments that 
proved perfectly satisfactory. At the present time, the 
reality and truth of such an existing fact, with a vast 
number of scientists, who practice the telepathic art, 
admit of not the slightest shade of doubt; as they have 
positive experimental knowledge, and perfectly satisfac- 
tory results, to be accounted for upon no other hy- 
pothesis. 

■■r 

Thought Transference is the mode by which one 
mind gives off its thought into another. We must 



Christian science teacher and healer. 37 

again have recourse to one of our basic principles; 
all is mind. Thought is mind in motion; it is not a 
faculty of mind, but is mind itself. Thought moves 
upon the bosom of the spirit life, which is everywhere 
in universal fullness, and is the vehicle of communica- 
tion between mind and mind, without regard to dis- 
tance ; for wherever thought goes mind goes, for it is 
mind; and all idea of distance is annihilated, and when 
in complete concentration and abstraction, we are pres- 
ent, wherever our thoughts are. By this means we can 
briefly live over at will much of the past of our lives. 
It is delightful to do so, when the reminiscences are 
fond and dear to us. The poet understood this when he 
wrote the "Old Oaken Bucket." 

Thoughts, of course, could not move over a blank 
void or empty space. The light and heat of the sun 
could not reach us from its vast distance, without a 
medium, through which to move. We have, all along, 
in the previous lectures, taught the theory of a universal 
principle of substance and life that enters into every- 
thing that has life and is part of it, as all living things 
draw from it ; in a sense all life is bound together by 
this one universal life; and it is the medium of com- 
munication between all minds. The thought of one 
mind can, by an effort of the one directing it, be sent 
straight to the mind of another. When a patient is in 
a blank and receptive attitude of mind, the truthful and 



38 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

wholesome thoughts of the healer, flowing from his 
spiritual center of being, enter into the unconscious 
mind of the patient, and there become his own thoughts, 
and accomplish their healing work, which in a short 
time develops into conscious reality. In this "case one 
is strong and the other is, so to speak, weak ; one is 
active and the other is passive ; one is giving off and the 
other is taking in. 

Says Eev. J. F. Evans, in " Esoteric Christianity," 
page 123 : " The mental state of one who is the most 
positive, will predominate and take possession of the 
other, for the stronger force will prevail over the 
weaker. In this way a morbid mental condition of a 
patient may be loosened or removed, and a healthy 
mental state be made to take its place, in his conscious- 
ness." But here comes in the power of the Word. 
Thought is the soul of the spoken w 7 ord : without thought 
accompanying it, the Word would be dead ; as it would 
have no meaning to the patient's mind, and in fact, 
could never reach it, by the process of silent suggestion. 
Thoughts always partake of the quality of the heart, out 
of which they issue ; if the heart is corrupt, the thoughts 
will be likewise impure ; if the heart is pure the thoughts 
will in like manner be pure. " A corrupt tree cannot 
bring forth good fruit, neither can a good tree bring 
forth evil fruit, wherefore by their fruits shall ye know 
them." A good man out of the good treasure of his 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 89 

heart, bringeth forth good things or thoughts, and an evil 
man out of the evil treasure, bringeth forth evil things. 
Matt, xii., 35. It is the prevailing state of thought in a 
community or family, that gives it its character and 
reputation for good or evil. Thought transference in 
the ordinary way is not pointed and reliable, as it issues 
from many minds, on a vast variety of subjects, which 
cause a confused mortal mind atmosphere; many times 
errors by thought transference are reflected upon in- 
nocent victims, which show themselves outward in 
forms of disease. We should be ever on our guard, and 
deny error, in every form and the power of the error 
thoughts of others over us; and the word spoken will 
be our shield of faith, to turn aside all evil thoughts, 
and to break their force. What untold good would 
result from a pure thought atmosphere, unsullied by any- 
thing vile, or partaking of fear. Little children, who 
are helpless, have no defense, their opening minds have 
to take in the thoughts of others around, regardless of 
quality. Suppose parents should emit, from a pure 
fountain, pure thoughts continually — thoughts never 
sullied by fear, and the child should drink in nothing 
but good, truthful and wholesome thoughts, what a 
happy and healthful state would soon be apparent; 
suppose this were the case with all parents, and all 
children, we could scarcely conceive of the wonderful 
transformation the world over. All thoughts of the 



40 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

dogmatism of total depravity would vanish into noth- 
ing, and truth in the inward parts would assert her 
heavenly heritage and dominion. There is no doubt 
that the fears and anxiety of the mother on behalf of 
the child, do more to reflect sickness upon it, than 
every other cause or error combined. They do not 
only think fear, but talk it over the children, who take 
it all into their both conscious and unconscious minds. 
To express fear makes it stronger and more effectual 
for harm ; as it is a law of mind, to express a thought 
gives it intensity. It is said, whenever we think of a 
person, whether present or absent, we affect him, for 
good or evil ; a strong hint to us, that we should send 
forth good and truthful thoughts always, and remember, 
" Love thinketh no evil." 

Ideas are real things, formulated by the junction 
of thought and feeling; and when thus becoming 
fixed forms, they are transmissable from one mind 
to another. In treating a patient we should form in our 
minds the perfect ideal of health and perfection as be- 
longing to the patient; and transmit into his uncon- 
scious mind that living ideal; and this all is true of the 
patient's real self, who is spirit, and therefore perfect ; 
but proper conditions on the patient's part are indis- 
pensable. When a patient consents to undergo treat- 
ment certain conditions must be complied with, for right 
here we will say that nearly every instance of failure, 



i 
CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER' AND HEALER. 41 

when the patient has not crossed the fatal line between 
life and death, the cause and fault lies at the patient's 
door, on account of his failure to comply with the 
required conditions. The patient should cease talking 
or thinking of his or any other person's beliefs in sick- 
ness, and should not even listen to any such conversa- 
tion. Pleasant things only should be the subject of 
conversation. Patients should never become discour- 
aged when the case is slow of yielding, but should be 
confident of final restoration. To be of doubtful mind 
is sure to be a strong obstacle to the healer, and post- 
pones final recovery; and don't forget that "All things 
are possible to him that believeth." 

Patients should never listen to any suggestion as to 
remedies, and never use or take anything with curative 
intent; but rely alone upon the healer's spiritual work. 
He should never listen to anything read or spoken 
against the science; nor speak slightingly or disparag- 
ingly of it himself, whether he understands it or not. He 
must not read any medical treatise on disease, their 
symptoms or remedies ; all this is hurtful in the extreme. 
Any reading that is cheerful, wholesome and on pleas- 
ant subjects is not objectionable. The patient should 
regard everything connected with him as good and 
working out good all the time ; nothing should be con- 
cealed from the scientist, as he should know ail the 
seeming conditions, and the patient's fears especially, 



42 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

for the thing kept back might be just what he should 
know, in order to accomplish his work ; he should keep 
his thoughts on pleasant things, and alw T ays look on the 
bright side, and avoid as much as possible thinking of 
his own condition. He should cherish good thoughts 
continually and "Let patience have its perfect work;" 
put away anxiety and uncertainty, and constantly hope 
for tha best. Let him know that there is no reality 
whatever in his complaint, but only a false, or unreal 
belief, and the result of some error condition that has 
taken lodgment in the unconscious mind. All these 
directions are absolute truth, and if regarded so, will 
sooner or later prove effectual, as help to the healer in 
his work. Eemember truth is all powerful, and is sure 
sooner or later to have the mastery. 



Lecture III. 

FAITH. 

IN all the material universe there is no moment of the 
cessation of motion ; the very existence of all out- 
ward things rests upon unceasing motion; change 
is one of the supreme laws of the whole universe. The 
most solid granite, which seems to defy the power of 
the flying agencies, by which mutation is ever going on, 
is not exempt, but no moment of time finds it just the 
same it was a moment before. And every moving force, 
and every agency, by which this incessant forced march 
to some mighty goal is kept up, are regulated by the 
strictest regard to law and perfect harmony. In this 
grand procession of involution, from below upward, and 
from without inward, for that is the grand order of the 
marching columns of the visible entities, which consti- 
tute this visible universe, so magnificently spread out 
before us for our critical inspection ; there is nothing 
stable or stationary in any department of existence, but 
all alike are under the same irresistable and inexorable 



44 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

laws of transition. The intellectual, moral and spiritual 
states of man furnish no exception to the over-ruling 
order of inevitable mutation. There is above and be- 
hind all this a supreme over-ruling intelligence, order- 
ing and directing all things to some grand finale to be 
reached in the consummation of the purposes of Him, 
who ordereth all things "according to the counsel of his 
own will; and for whose pleasure all things are and 
were created." The present period of the world is be- 
yond per adventure more ominous and indicative of a 
higher order of development in the super sensuous 
states of mind and life, namely the moral and spir- 
itual powers of humanity, than any that history men- 
tions, since the first century. And are we not war- 
ranted in anticipating some such period of divine efful- 
gence, far exceeding the era in which Paul wrote his 
epistle to the church at Ephesus, in which he says in 
chapter xi., 6, 7; "God hath raised us up together and 
made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus ; 
that in the ages to come He might show the exceeding 
riches of His grace in his kindness towards us through 
Christ Jesus." There seems to be a mighty power reach- 
ing down from above to lift to a higher plane, all the 
willing ones, who will not be chained down to the earthly 
plane by blind theological dogmatism, but are willing to 
be led by the spirit of God and so be called the sons of 
God. It ought not to astound the world if a wave of 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 45 

divine light and power should flame across the spiritual 
heavens, projecting from the sun of righteousness, which 
is now rising with healing in its wings. It ought not 
be thought, amid the swift and rushing changes, ever 
and anon going on in everything around us, that there 
should be changes and rapid unfoldings in spiritual 
things, of which all else are but subordinate, and bear 
to them but a phenomenal and representative character. 
There is a bright period coming on, when we know 
not, but we do believe from all the signs of the times, 
that there is at present the dawning of a new day, that 
"the night is far spent, and the day is at hand," "and 
the gentiles shall come to this light and kings to the 
brightness of his rising." Whether the world disputes or 
denies it, we know there is spiritual power at work all 
over the land to a much greater extent than its skepti- 
cal opponents have any thought of. When the bright 
millenial day shall begin to dawn, may we not expect to 
see unusual displays of spiritual power, and will not 
many faithful ones be watching and waiting for the 
coming of their Lord. We know that we bear and sus- 
tain a much closer relationship to the source of all 
things, than we used to have any remote thought of ; 
and as we are drawing nigh unto God, he is drawing 
nigh unto us. We have already set out that there is 
but one mind, one life, one source of all being ; and we 
have our real being in this source. We exist from our 



46 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

own being. Existence bears all the outward tokens of 
inward invisible being, and makes a correct outward 
showing of the real inward states. Being is inward. 
Existence is outward, and always phenomenal, and is 
marked by motion aud activity. All our thoughts and 
movements are in the sphere of existence. Our out- 
ward states are merely the products of the inward mind, 
which is the constituent potency of our being. The for- 
mation of character is an interior work ; and each one of 
us has this most vitally important task on our hands. It 
is beyond question the great life work we have before us, 
and from which there is no evasion. And what that 
character shall be we are responsible for, and it will 
show out for itself in undisguised reality. Character 
thus formed gives us our status and fixes our destiny for 
eternity. And so the prophet admonished ; "what so- 
ever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might." 
Character is an inward state and is the product 
of the motives and desires of the soul ; if her aspirations 
are inward and upward it will be molded into the image 
and likeness of God. What ever may be the inward 
state or character, it will be pictured out in the life, and 
the outward fruit will indicate most fairly the character 
of the inward tree. Says Jesus, "Wherefore by their 
fruits ye shall know them," All bodily conditions 
whether of health or disease arise, unmistakably, out 
of the inward conditions of mind and thought ; if health 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HBALER. 47 

there is an orderly and harmonious state of mind within ; 
if sickly there is a disorderly and abnormal state of 
thought. To arise in mind, thought and life to the 
spiritual state and plane, will secure purity of character, 
and health of body ; as no conditions of the sense life 
can have a place in the thought there, none could show 
out in abnormal bodily conditions. We have already 
shown that sin is the cause of sickness, and as no sin is 
there, no sickness has a right to be there. Our life is 
twofold, natural and spiritual, hence we have a dual 
consciousness. But in the language of Paul ; " However 
not first that which is spiritual, but natural, and after- 
wards that which is spiritual." The natural conscious- 
ness, is first manifested, and afterwards the spiritual 
consciousness, which is the true divine order. Conscious- 
ness on the outer plane, where everything is of sense 
apprehension is of course never denied, and the rational 
plane of mind is to most men regarded, as the highest 
endowment of which humanity can boast. To be thus 
conscious is to perceive, and be intelligently alive to our 
own existence, and whatever is existing and transpiring 
within the reach and compass of the physical senses ; this 
is life and existence on the plane of sense consciousness. 
But there is a higher order of consciousness still, 
higher than the rational intellect in its loftiest moods 
and phases of development, has or can realize in and of 
itself alone ; for intellect, with all its boasted endowments, 



48 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

is at last but mortal and is of the unstable and evanes- 
cent condition, we denominate mortal mind. Our real 
being, the highest order of our fourfold structure, is ever 
and anon putting forward his claim to recognition, in 
the silent whisper " Of the still, small voice." To heed 
and obey this inward, over-ruling power, and give it 
dominion complete and entire is to effect the complete 
development of our spiritual consciousness. Man, 
material and intellectual, was created first, afterward 
man spiritual, in the image of God, male and female 
made He them; man first in order of his evolution; 
and by the same process the woman is evolved out of 
the man; and out of the woman the Christ, whose office 
is to lift up humanity by bruising the serpent's head, 
which is the lower animal dimension and sense nature ; 
which is ever, until wholly dissipated, lying in wait to 
put forth its claims of equal right to recognition and 
satisfaction. Man came forth into existence by the 
unerring process of evolution ; and the long, long ages 
of the soul's long journey, finally ends in his grand climax 
and culmination in the Christ, who is the head of all 
principality and power, for man complete in him can rise 
no higher; as no stream can ever rise above its source. 
When this spiritual consciousness is ripe and fully 
awakened within us, we then come into possession of 
the mystery, which was hidden from ages and genera- 
tions. " To whom God would make known, what is the 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 49 

riches and glory of this mystery, which is Christ in you 
the hope of glory."— Col. i., 26, 27. The inward man is 
supreme and owns a divine heritage of power and control 
over all the lower departments of our being, which in- 
cludes the lower nature, which is the seat of sin and 
disease. It is of divine order that the highest should 
always bear rule, and when our real self is in authority, 
which is always at one with God, every part of our being 
must of necessity constitute one harmonious whole, 
which would insure health, peace and knowledge. All 
the grasp and influence the senses once held over the 
mind and life is broken and sundered, and their illusions 
and deceptions become clearly apparent to our awakened 
spiritual perception. In this phantastic realm of de- 
ceptive appearances, where all manner of sins and 
suffering show out, as real conditions, and where death 
has his empire, is contained all that for which the great 
process of redemption was conceived and promulgated ; 
and to lift man out of this condition of sense bondage, 
and translate him into his own kingdom, is Christ's great 
work now going on in the world ; being lifted up, in us, 
he draws all men unto himself. This philosophical and 
scriptural presentation of our inward being is of no 
difficult understanding to the spiritually developed, who 
occupy a controlling position and are endued with power 
from on high. For " He that is spiritual judgeth all 
things, though himself is judged of no man," Thus we 



50 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

have, briefly, laid before you the dual condition of things, 
under which we find our lots cast. In the outer we 
suffer and learn, we endure patiently and gather 
strength; and " The momentary afflictions work out for 
us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory." 
In the lower and outward we are disciplined and edu- 
cated, and by the chastening rod we learn humility, 
which is a state of receptivity to the ever present good ; 
we are made to mourn so as to be comforted ; become 
poor in spirit, that we may possess the " kingdom of 
God :" we become meek that we may " Inherit the earth ;" 
in a word we suffer in order that we may " Thereby be- 
come perfect, like the great captain of our salvation, 
who was made perfect through suffering." 

And while this outward training is going on we are 
constantly developing strength inwardly : we grow in 
the understanding and knowledge of spiritual things, 
and so we attain to complete supremacy of the spirit over 
all the rest ; as it is said " He must reign till He has put 
all enemies under his feet, the last enemy that shall be 
destroyed is death." Sickness is among these enemies, 
and is now being put under foot, all over the land; and 
as he who has the power of death (that is the devil) is 
rapidly being dissipated, the last enemy must sooner or 
later follow in the wake. All this is the great work of 
Christ within us. Man's lapse and wandering away from 
God, created the necessity for a savior, and the process 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 51 

of redemption was inaugurated by infinite wisdom. 
Every element necessary to the complete accomplishment 
of man's restoration is and ever has been immanent in his 
very being. God would not suffer a human being to 
have an existence, without the divine potencies in him 
to respond back to the source whence he emanated ; be- 
cause the service and worship of any being must spring 
out of a like nature to God Himself, in order to be ac- 
cepted, and respond back to Him. This principle of 
divinity does exist in all things, both animate and inani- 
mate, but man, the highest order of earthly creation, is 
endowed with a will, separate and a part, to do, or not 
to do, " To be or not to be," which carries along with it 
a responsibility, for which he alone must answer in full. 

Man has the power to rise into the elements of the di- 
vine, and be free in spirit, in a large measure, from all 
the consequences of the material state and sense life ; 
and the stronger he becomes spiritually, the weaker 
these become in their hold upon him. The only freedom 
is that which truth brings ; the only real liberty is 
that of the children of God. And this preeminence of 
life and being is attainable as we have already shown, 
while we still inhabit our earthly tabernacle. But one 
condition is absolutely indispensable, and that is the 
element of faith, which will occupy the remainder of 
this lecture. 

It is needless here to state that faith is one of the ac- 



52 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

tive principles that enters into the very life of nearly 
every voluntary human transaction ; but to discuss it on 
that line would be outside the purpose of this lecture. 
What is this faith, upon which so much hinges ; and 
how does it enter into the subject we are discussing ? 
This faith, that is so potential in healing and saving, is 
certainly of no intellectual type, operating chiefly upon 
material conditions ; and assuming the reality of evil, 
which we deny. Faith cure is not Christain Science 
there is no known science connected with it. It is 
frequently asked is this the same as faith cure ? Faith 
cure of course regards evil and matter as real, and not 
illusion, and that disease of either body or mind is real 
and they doubtless claim to work on the rational plane, 
but by the strong exercise of faith call down the healing 
power, which is very wonderfu 1 in its effects sometimes ; 
but Christain Science works chiefly on the spiritual plane 
as it cannot be effectual on any lower plane. The faith 
cure claims no spiritual understanding as to the process ; 
but relies alone on asking "In faith believing." Chris- 
tian Science adheres to faith with unabated tenacity ; and 
like wise to spiritual understanding in extended mea- 
sure ; and we might say unlimited development. Chris- 
tain Science work is a certainty, when like everything 
else the conditions are all right. It is not the gospel the 
world has been hearing for so many ages, which offers 
healing to only a part, and so leaving the work incom- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 53 

plete, but it offers healing both inward and outward, soul 
and body, and so makes it a good news to enslaved and 
suffering humanity the world over. 

While faith cures are comparatively rare, Christain 
Science healing is going on all the time, with little no- 
tice given it, save by those immediately concerned. 

Faith is said to be the gift of God, like all other real 
gifts, and springs from the heart, or inmost center of 
life, for it is with the heart that man believeth unto 
righteousness. It is said "Faith is the substance of 
things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." It 
brings us into the reality of spiritual things, also assures 
us of the reality of invisible things. It is said that 
faith ceases, or goes out, in reaching the point of certi- 
tude, in fruition ; yet [it is an abiding principle and en- 
tity, in our very being, and rises out of the heart, as an 
unfailing fountain, and reaches up to take hold upon 
God, because it springs out of the divine nature within 
us, and is ever seeking a reunion with its source, which 
is God. And thus by faith, as the sole condition, we re- 
turn to our first estate and enter upon our heavenly, or 
spiritual inheritance. Faith is the active principle of 
the heart which brings us back to God. Eeligion means 
binding back to that, from which we have been sun- 
dered, but faith is the ligament by which the rebinding 
is made effectual. Hope is the soul's yearning after 
Gods Love is the very possession of God, for God is 



54 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

love. Faith leads us into interior knowledge and aids 
in the unfolding of the interior faculties of the soul ; it 
is itself an inward knowing and an inward seeing, and 
brings us right up to the point of contact, with the only 
saving and healing principle, which is Jesus, "The 
Christ within you," in the language of Paul. It is a law 
of thought, "To believe the reality of a thing fastens it 
tighter upon us," and per contra, to disbelieve the real- 
ity of a thing weakens its hold upon us. To Jbelieve in 
the reality of an error makes that error ours, with its 
natural fruits, which are evil. 

To disbelieve truth drives it from us, with its rich 
benefits, and leaves wide open the avenues of the mind 
for the undisputed conquests of errors ; and I tell you, 
this is the sole cause of human bondage and human 
suffering. But to disbelieve error and deny its reality 
drives it clear away, and frees us from its seeming 
power ; to believe truth and affirm its power and pres- 
ence makes us rich recipients of its benefits and bles- 
sings. It is likewise a law of thought, To express, or say, 
a thing intensifies its meaning and force;" therefore to 
deny evil and matter and everything that pertains there- 
to, sooner or later destroys their power over us, and 
truth and spiritual understanding will naturally flow 
in to fill the vacuum. The present state of the professed 
religious world is at an alarming discount, in the quan- 
tum of its faith; which has brought down the spiritual 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 55 

standard very far below par, according to the teaching 
of Christ and his apostles. They who are leaders and 
teachers in spiritual things occupy a position very simi- 
lar to certain doctors of the law and teachers, in the 
time of Jesus, who stood in the door but would not enter 
in; and those who would enter, they hindered. But 
wonderful changes are going on, and many are growing 
into the power "Of the faith once delivered unto the 
saints ;" and mighty works are showing forth themselves. 
Faith grows with spiritual growth, and develops strength 
with spiritual development, by its energies we arise into 
the very essence divine, by which the heart is purified, 
and according to the apostle John it is the " Victory that 
overcomes the world." Nearly every specific instance 
of healing in the New Testament was attained by faith. 
"Be of good cheer, thy faith hath made thee whole." 
"According to thy faith be it unto thee." Jesus com- 
manded to ask in faith nothing doubting; and "All 
things are possible to him that believeth." " Verily I 
say unto you I have not found so great faith, no not in 
Israel, and the centurian's servant was made whole from 
that hour." The healing of the impotent man at the 
beautiful gate of the temple, by Peter and John, was by 
faith in His name. Paul at Lystria perceived that 
Eneas, the cripple, had faith to be healed. And thjis 
is faith set forth as the sole condition of all healing and 
saving power. 



56 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

Faith has an affirmative aspect and operates as a 
positive force in the interior spiritual life that is every- 
where animating and upholding all things, both visible 
and invisible. It imparts renewed and reinforced 
vitality to this involuntary life potency, in its applica- 
tion to any given point, and in any given direction : 
operating in its positive force in the universal life prin- 
ciple, in its higher modes and dimensions, which is a 
yielding and pliant principle. Faith becomes all but 
omnipotent in its prevailing energy, when exercised and 
ordered in accordance with the divine will ; " If we ask 
anything according to his will, he will do it." There is 
a very comprehensive lesson on faith in Heb. xi., to- 
gether with what Jesus taught, to impress anyone with 
its all prevailing efficacy. When faith is clear and cen- 
tered on the one and only source of power, it lets go 
everything inferior thereto, as to still hold to the lower 
would work to diminish its prevailing influence with the 
higher power. Hence in our healing work we expect 
patients to let go all belief in drugs, and all external 
appliances, as possessing curative virtues, all mineral 
waters as possessing medical properties, all water cure, 
except bathing for cleanliness, or drinking to satisfy 
thirst, all magnetic belts or medicated flannels, all travel- 
ing for benefit of health, of course no objection to travel- 
ing for pleasure or business : everything must be aban- 
doned as having curative virtue, save the spiritual power 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 57 

and healing life that is everywhere present, and is the 
sole active agency in every case, when healing is accom- 
plished. As we have stated, good is a positive principle 
and its silent plenitude is all round and about us and 
in us, awaiting our recognition and demand upon it, in 
order to flow in upon us in rich abundance. Faith in 
asking, actually throws wide open the doors for its in- 
flowing fullness. Christ, speaking through the Psalmist, 
says, "Open wide your mouth, and I will fill it;" and in 
like manner speaking through Isaiah, He says, " It shall 
come to pass that before they call I will answer, and 
while they are yet speaking I will hear." So mighty is 
this power of faith in its free and untrammeled exercise, 
that the great Teacher was constrained to say "All things 
are possible to him that believeth." Ask what ye will 
and it shall be done." James says, " The prayer of faith 
shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up." 
Faith gives us undisputed access to all things, and we 
can enter in and possess them ;*in the language of Paul, 
"All are'yours and ye are Christ's, and Christ is God's." 
In our healing work faith is an indispensable accompani- 
ment, in our thought energies, to carry home truth to 
the patient's mind. It is the truth that always corrects 
every error and disorder ; and if doubt goes along as an 
abridging influence, the operation of truth is diminished 
and it is shorn of its power, and failure is the certain 
result. Therefore we should labor the more earnestly to 



58 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

strengthen our faith; so as always to have steadfast 
confidence in the principle of truth accomplishing its 
divine mission of healing and saving, all who will yield 
to its benign influence. In all man's efforts to quit the 
earth earthy and rise into the celestial, within his own 
being, in this his homeward journey, faith is the chief 
moter; every round of the ladder gained, is by faith's 
thought energy utilized into requisition, and so expands 
as to make any hight possible of attainment. 

In this world of unrealities and illusions, and conse- 
quent suffering where we sojourn as in a strange land 
surrounded continually by an error atmosphere of carnal 
and sensuous thoughts, which are ever flying thick and 
fast, as fiery darts of the wicked one. Faith is called 
a shield, by which we can ever be impervious to their 
attacks; it enables us to keep ourselves from becoming 
involved in the world's false beliefs in evil and matter 
as real states of existence ; and while we are in the 
world we are not of the 'world, but are chosen out of it. 
"We look not upon the things that are seen, but the 
things which are not seen ; for the things which are seen 
are temporal ; but the things which are not seen are 
eternal." "We walk by faith and not by sight," for 
like Moses, we can endure as seeing him, who is invis- 
ible." "For we seek a country which is a heavenly 
(spiritual) and a city which hath foundations, whose 
builder and maker is God." 



Lecture IV. 

DENIAL. 

T HERE j is a principle, invisible, but a living entity, 
that is manifest in every living thing. It is that uni- 
versal life principle that is all about us, and in and 
through all things. It is a spiritual manifestation, im- 
minent in, and inseparable from, all visible things that 
indicate life in any degree or form. It is the invisible 
moving life principle that pervades the whole universe. 
From it the earth receives its vitality, and likewise that 
which the earth brings forth as food for man, and all 
animate creation. It is the life that is in the water we 
drink, and in the air we breathe. 

Now we affirm that all this outer, or manifested, ex- 
istence, called matter, exists from spiritual force or pro- 
jection, and as that process could not change its nature, 
it is still spiritual, and controlled by laws that are essen- 
tially spiritual, though they are called the laws of nature. 
This outer order of existence, called matter, comprises 
the earth, water, fire and air, and are circumscribed in 



60 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

their extent, as they are in the main planetary. And 
there is still another very fine material substance, called 
ether, a principle that fills all space between all worlds; 
that constitutes the medium of communication between 
all the suns, planets, and heavenly bodies that re- 
volve in space ; and is the bearer of light from one to 
another, and also of the attractive and repulsive in- 
fluence they exert one upon another. Through it we 
receive, direct from our solar center, light and heat ; as 
without this medium neither could ever reach us from 
that immense distance. All the solar, lunar, and plane- 
tary influences exerted upon our earth, or its environ- 
ments, reach us through this sublimated element. 

Going inward, where this ends and the life principle, 
above spoken of, begins, is indefinable, but all have a 
spiritual dependence and exist spiritually. But, to re- 
turn, this all-pervading life was called by the Hindoos, 
Akasa; in the Latin, Anima Mindi, or world soul. It 
also received for a name, by the ancient mystics, the 
"Astral Light. i? The poet Byron called it "The quick 
spirit of the universe." But whatever name it may 
have, in any age or country, or by any people, it is the 
nearest to us and most outward manifestation of the 
Holy Spirit. This is the life we take in when we breathe, 
and is the "breath of life." It is ours, for our use and 
appropriation ; and receives the impress of all our acts 
and thoughts, and preserves them perfect and entire; 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 61 

and is a book of remembrance in which is registered the 
whole history of our minds ; and receives upon its uni- 
versal tablets every thought that goes forth from us. It 
is likewise the medium of communication, by thought 
effluence of all minds, so as to make it a thought 
atmosphere, without regard to good or bad ; as it 
takes whatever is given without regard to quality. It 
is the medium through which individuals impress us 
either for or against themselves; it becomes the mental 
atmosphere of families, communities and countries. 
Thus showing it to be the inner world of which the outer 
is but the shadow; and it is always true; when the real 
changes the shadow must change in like manner. This 
is true in respect to our inner states and our outer 
bodies, which are but their shadows. Because, as in 
Lecture I, we laid down the premise, that all is mind ; 
when our true inward self is manifested, and has do- 
minion over the sense nature, and all our thoughts and 
feelings are good and spiritual, we give off a divine 
spiritual aura or atmosphere ; but when the reverse is 
true, and our selfish sense nature is the ruling element, 
then we give off a sort of negative repulsive influence, 
which helps to make an evil atmosphere. In the lan- 
guage of Jesus, "A good man out of the good treasure 
of his heart bringeth forth good things (or thoughts), 
but an evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart 
bringeth forth evil things (or thoughts)." Matt, xii., 35. 



62 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

This inner world of mind is the epidemic atmosphere, 
which is the vehicle of many more things than disease." 
There are fashion epidemics, money loving and money 
getting epidemics, traveling epidemics, opera and show 
epidemics ; these are evil epidemics ; and there are 
great revival epidemics, w r hich sometimes spread over 
large districts and accomplish wonderful good ; all go- 
ing to show the inward connection of all minds with this 
Anima Mundi or world soul. We give off from our 
minds into it, and by thought and feeling formulate 
ideas, which are there preserved as our own; if evil they 
are there registered against us and by us ; if good they 
are our own to come back to us, as good, whenever called, 
and are the "good foundation we lay up for ourselves in 
store against the time to come." In like manner "we 
lay up for ourselves treasures in heaven." 

It is the universal storehouse of events ; it keeps a 
record of every transaction, great or small. Nothing is 
ever lost, or forgotten, which has once made its clearly 
defined impress there. It is the medium through which 
we can see places and faces, with the inner eye, that 
we have seen before, which might be called the vision of 
memory. 

We have thus essayed to lay before you some of the 
realities and wonders of this unseen world and inner 
realm, in which we all live and move and have our be- 
ing. In which we can grow up into its higher realiza- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 63 

tions, and gather strength as we rise to higher under- 
standing, and more and more become equipped for the 
great work of helping self and our brother man out of 
the mazes, quagmires and quicksands of this state of 
mortal illusion and material environment. 

This lesson is on denial. There is philosophy some 
where in connection with this negative proposition. 
The very existence of such a thought, is due to wrong 
or evil somewhere, and contradiction or opposition to 
what is accepted as good and right. We conceive, that 
were everything order, union and harmony, the world 
over, there really could be no occasion or place for the 
negative proposition; (save in response to interroga- 
tions) as there could be no wrong thing or error to deny. 
But in the world's present state, the subjects which call 
for denial are countless in number, as the earnest seeker 
after truth will be early made aware. He will be met 
by error and confronted by wrong, at every turn ; and 
he must keep his armor on, and be ever on guard, to 
prevent surprise, and save himself from becoming in- 
volved in any measure, by the errors of others ; for by 
agreeing with them in thought, word or action we be- 
come partakers with them; and thus our vision is 
blurred, our strength weakened, and understanding 
brought low. "Let him that thinketh he standeth take 
heed lest he fall." "We would say deny every error 
mentally, that at any time and under any circumstance 



64 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

confronts yon, and so "Besist the devil and he will flee 
from you." What should we deny ? We answer, every 
word or thought that contradicts or does violence to the 
principle of truth; as that is the positive principle, 
that enters into all things, it should be contended for 
and sustained at every point, and at all hazards. The 
word of denial can be used freely and effectually, under 
circumstances when it would be far from safe to speak 
out Boldly in defense of truth. We all have the power 
of silent thought which is as old as humanity. But its 
potency has never received general acknowledgement, 
until this age of developing power has brought it into 
requisition. In Lecture 1st we endeavored to set forth 
clearly, though briefly, certain statements we hold to be 
true, and everything to the contrary false, and should 
be denied. Truth always holds the mastery over error, 
and will sooner or later destroy it. This is a great 
work of truth we have entered upon, and there is a very 
broad field before us, "white unto the harvest." Igno- 
rance, error and unbelief form a sort of trinity, which 
are the fruitful causes of all the ills that exist, and hold 
the world in chains and darkness. To effect a deliver- 
ance from this bondage is to destroy these states, and 
let in the power and light of truth. Under the dominion 
of this trinity sin, suffering and death have their place 
and power; and cause the wail of human woe to go up 
from every land, and the sighs and moans of stricken 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 65 

ones are borne on every breeze. To effect deliver- 
ance from sin, sickness, poverty, and all sorrows that 
weigh down the life and crush the heart, and from the 
fear even of the last enemy, is the mission of this great 
work, so recently inaugurated. The word of denial 
is one of the chief instrumentalities. It was promised 
twenty-five hundred years ago through the mouth 
of the prophet, that " There should be a proclaiming 
of liberty to the captives, and the opening of the 
prison to them that are bound." Isaiah lxi., 1. We ask 
is not this the condition of humanity, the world over to- 
day ? Are they not bound in the prison house of material 
beliefs ? Does not evil and matter hold cruel dominion 
over earth's populations ? Are they not continually ex- 
posed to all kinds of unf orseen ills ; and do they not re- 
gard sickness, suffering and death as conditions into 
which they were born, and from which there is no escape ? 
Does not all this suggest strongly that there has always 
been a means of escape? But few in the world had any 
certain knowledge of it ; and the rest disbelieved it, and 
would not receive it. Just what appears to be the case 
in this age. There is nothing more sure, than, that such 
a means was pledged in the old testament scriptures, 
provided the people fulfilled the conditions required of 
them. As we showed in Lecture 1st they were promised 
immunity from the diseases of Egypt. Now the word 
Egypt in mystic symbology means the body, and thus 



66 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

explained, we get much light on that promise, which 
does apply to all the children of the same great Parent, 
when and wherever found. We then might read it some- 
what this way ; " If ye will walk in all my statutes, and 
keep my commandments, then will I keep you free from 
al) (bodily) diseases for it is I the Lord that healeth thee." 
So we have an insight into the means of deliverance ; 
which is by coming out of the body, and living the life 
of spirit; which from the beginning was intended we 
should do. There will necessarily have to be prepared a 
remedy of a higher order, than has hitherto been ad- 
ministered. So long as man in his ignorance and unbe- 
lief holds in thought, to the reality of evil, he will, to 
that extent have his share of it; so long as he holds to 
matter, as real substance, he will have to that extent, his 
share of its bondage ; and this latter is enormous, as well 
as the former, as it takes in all things that belong to the 
outer life, and are apprehended and appropriated by the 
senses. On this plane man is called by Paul in Komans, 
" The natural man, that perceiveth not the spiritual 
things of God, neither can he know them, because they 
are spiritually discerned." Prom what then can we look 
for relief? Science so called has been relied on. The 
science of medicine claims to contain all the panaceas 
and antidotes, for all the afflictions known. Out of 
scientific medical institutions, with all the improved ap- 
pliances known, for the acquisition of knowledge, to- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 67 

gether with the highest skill in pharmacy, have come 
physicians, almost countless in number, who are every 
where plying their profession; new discoveries are con- 
tinually being made and remedies brought forward; and 
yet the most learned, of that learned profession, assert 
that disease is on the increase, and their complications 
greater than ever known. Eecently in the face of all 
the medical science of earth, a senator offered a bill, in 
the United States senate, setting forth the proposition 
to pay one hundred thousand dollars, by the govern- 
ment, to any one, who would produce an infallible 
remedy for yellow fever. Then we are forced to conclude 
that the world must submit to and live, in all this state 
of things, powerless and helpless. But we rejoice to 
be able to proclaim, that there is a bright side to this 
picture, as there are to all pictures, if w 7 e only knew it. 
We all have the power lodged w r ithin ourselves, yes each 
one of us, to rise out of this lower state of thought, into a 
higher reality of life. The divine oracles are full of such 
promises. Says Jesus, "Come unto me all ye that labor 
and are heavy laden and I will give you rest." Matt, 
xi., 28. " If the Son make you free, then are you free 
indeed." Paul says, "Godliness is profitable unto all 
things, having the promise of the life that now is, and 
that which is to come." I Tim. iv., 8. All these promises 
for good have special reference to this present life. It 
cannot be disputed that we all have an inherent right 



68 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

to be free from sin and all that flows from it. But how 
shall we begin the task ? Now the truth is, all these states, 
about which we have been talking are nothing; are non- 
realities, however much they may appear to the contrary : 
without sense apprehension we would have no means of 
cognizing them at all; and when they are removed, and 
we are wholly free from them, then we are conscious of 
their nothingness. If I say I have a pain in my head, 
and I think it is very severe ; but I persistently deny it 
is real, but only seeming; I continue to deny it away; 
and soon I forget all about it ; and when my thoughts 
recur to it, there is no pain there at all, it is entirely 
gone. 

Then what are we forced to believe, that there was 
no reality in it at first ; or else it would be there, or 
somewiiere ; but it is nowhere ; and is nothing ; and if 
nothing now, it always was nothing. "We say it was a 
sensation; well the result shows how unreliable the 
senses are in their present inverted and perverted state. 
We all have two selves, at least to begin with, which is 
true under the natural conditions of our earthly exist- 
ence. We are first natural in our consciousness, and 
the outer sense life seems to be all there is, and our 
bodily existence — our real selves; besides we view all 
things around us, that are visible as the real, substantial 
entities of existence ; our senses play upon all these, 
and they in turn answer back, and by this process the 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 69 

illusion of the senses is created ; we accept the shadow 
for the substance ; the outward for the real ; the visible 
for the invisible; and thereby establish upon our natural 
selves, the deceptive appearances of all outward things ; 
and likewise the conditions of those outward and visible 
appearances; and this includes our bodies and their 
conditions; and yet all these outward things we call 
material are the most, unstable, evanescent and un- 
real in the whole universe. Their constituent properties 
and primal elements are nothing but impalpable gas. 
There are four gases— to wit : oxygen, nitrogen, hydro- 
gen and carbonic acid gas ; and from these in varied 
proportions of combination, all visible bodies are formed. 
All the great bodies of water are but the union of oxygen 
and hydrogen. So if it were possible to dissolve the 
union between these two gases we would have no water; 
and in the mystical language of Eevelations; "There 
would be no more sea." And so all bodies and solids 
whatever, could in like manner be dissolved and dissi- 
pated into the atmospheric regions, and on into ethereal 
immensity. 

Peter, the Apostle, speaking in reference to the de- 
struction of the visible universe, says : " Seeing then 
that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of 
person ought ye to be in all holy conversation and god- 
liness," II Pet. iii., 11. The outward self we have been 
talking about is not the real self, and is equally corrupt- 



70 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

ible, changeable and perishable as all these outward 
things we have mentioned, in as much as its physical 
components are the same. 

But we all have an inward self, which is imperish- 
able and divine, and always in the image of God ; and of 
which it is said "Created in righteousness and true 
holiness." And the Apostle said : " Though our outward 
man perish our inw r ard man is renewed day by day." 
By bringing the inward man into full revealment and 
manifestation, he assumes his heritage of dominion, and 
the old false self perishes, and with it go all its sins and 
diseases, both of body and mind ; and in this manner 
"We become new creatures in Christ Jesus; old things 
have passed away, and behold all things are new." The 
Apostle says : " Let not sin (or error) have dominion over 
your mortal bodies." And we teach that the most 
effectual way to break its hold, upon us, is to deny its 
reality and power. Every time we deny earnestly 
that error has any power over us, its strength is dimin- 
ished in proportion to our earnestness and faith; and 
truth begins to show its light; every time we deny 
ignorance, we to that extent, destroy its power, and 
knowledge will begin to rise upon its ruins ; every time 
we deny earnestly unbelief, we cast it out that much, 
and faith will of a certainty begin to dawn; every time 
we deny the power and reality of evil, we open the door 
for good to come in ; every time we deny the power and 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 71 

reality of matter, the freer we become from its bondage, 
and so rise into spiritual reality and power. All this is 
no mere theory, but truth and actual certitude, in ac- 
cordance with the laws of mind and the inner life. It 
is work or practice, and not theory, we wish to inculcate ; 
and your own experience will be your best answer. 
Denial enters largely into the healing methods, which 
we will explain in the future lessons. 

There are unlimited possibilities lying out before 
everyone, in the boundless future ; there is for each one 
of us unlimited expansion ; and in our innermost there 
are sleeping faculties of soul, that have never yet awoke ; 
there are gems of thought too pure and bright to be ex- 
pressed by the crude language we now speak. Each 
one of us is a great world of being, and, for aught we 
know, worlds within worlds, as infinite as our develop- 
ment and boundless as our possibilities. We now see 
life in a new light, and the purposes of existence are 
wholly changed ; we no longer regard our true selves as 
the weak, helpless and dependent creatures we were 
taught to believe ; but we claim and own a divine her- 
itage, of unlimited domain, on the spiritual side of our 
being. When we view with the mind, through the 
senses, the outer dimension of existence, we find every- 
thing suggestive of limitation, weakness and dependence ; 
for time and space confine all within very narrow 
bounds. But when we turn the thoughts within and per- 



72 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

severingly press our way onward and upward, we soon 
enter upon unlimited unfolding in the realm of spirit ; 
all earthly trammels have fallen away and matter can 
be viewed from a point of spiritual vision as to its natu- 
ral relation to its source; and the passing and perishing 
concerns of earthly interest have lost their hold upon 
us, and we can have sin, suffering and death all under 
foot ; death is to us no longer the king of terrors, but 
the gateway into higher, purer and more perfect states, 
opening up to us in the boundless realms of spirit. In 
the language of John the apostle, "It doth not yet appear 
what we shall be, but we know that when He shall ap- 
pear we shall be like him, for we shall see Him as He 
is." We have a clear way out of all these mortal con- 
ditions ; a way out of sin ; a way out of sorrow, fear and 
disease; a way out of death. Says Jesus, "He that liv- 
eth and believeth on me shall never die." We have a 
way out of poverty and want; a way out of our old 
selves, with all their blurred and blighted aspects ; a way 
out of the whole realm of mortality. And in the new 
state and life to which we rise these conditions can 
never reach us nor come nigh to us. Jesus says, "I am 
the way;" "I am the door: by me if any man enter in 
he shall be saved and shall go in and out and find pas- 
ture." John x., 9. 

We close this Lecture by giving a rule for a guide 
for all workers. The only real self is perfect — made in 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 73 

the image of God — is always one with God. Now, what- 
ever cannot be predicated of this divine self should be 
denied ; and whatever can be truthfully predicated of 
the same should be affirmed. 



Lecture v. 

AFFIRMATION. 

IN our 4th Lesson, as a wholly indispensable agency, in 
the science we are endeavoring to make understood, 
we took occasion, briefly, to treat of the universal 
life principal, or involuntary life potency everywhere 
manifest, as to its nature and general features ; and as 
a medium of communication between mind and mind ; 
of its taking form and "quality from our thoughts ; and 
which receives the impress of all our actions, during the 
whole period of our earth life. This principle is mind as 
well as life, and is the basis of our unconscious minds, as 
our conscious and unconscious thoughts flow into it, and 
it in return with its multitudinous thought impressions, 
flow into our unconscious minds. We cannot estimate 
this full and free manifestation of the one life and mind 
too highly, as it is the basis and medium of all the occult 
power, that has been displayed, in all ages of the world's 
history. In this age of rapid movement in progression, 
a large proportion of the thinking world have reversed 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 75 

the direction of the mind's operations, from outward, 
through the medium of the senses, to the inward explora- 
tion of this mystic realm of spirit. It is the inner uni- 
verse, of which all visible things are but the outward 
tokens. In the present lesson we desire to apply this 
principle in another aspect of the subject. As this 
lesson is of great importance, in the rich benefits and 
experiences it is sure to yield, it is proper we should lay 
a broad and deep foundation, upon which to build our 
superstructure of spiritua 1 and scientific teaching. In 
this primary dimension of spiritual manifestation, in 
which we live and move and have our being, our work 
of growth in spiritual wisdom and understanding is be- 
gun ; and by sacrifice of the outer life we develop in- 
wardly, and rise spiritually, to a point where we are 
capable of doing good, in the way of shedding a halo of 
spiritual life and light all around us ; and healing and 
blessing others, under proper conditions becomes a cer- 
tainty, provided the patient has not crossed the fatal 
line of life, in which case death is inevitable, without the 
intervention of miraculous power, and this is not claimed 
to be such by any Christian Scientist. This inner world 
is the field of the mystics' operations ; for unless we leave 
the plane of the rational intellect, whose exercise is 
principally outward, and ascend to a higer order of 
thought and feeling, we can accomplish only what is 
conceivable on the rational plane; our thought influ- 



76 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

ences would flow only from that plane, and would reach 
no higher plane in the recipient, and temporary and 
surface good would be all. But when we arise to thfe 
spiritual point in ourselves, we are continually rein- 
forced, by the divine spirit, with which we are one, and 
there become co-workers with God, and are able to " Do 
all things through Christ who strengtheneth us." We 
touch God at every point of existence, both visible and 
invisible. 

We are held closely bound to our planet by what is 
termed the law of gravitation. A little higher than the 
physical is an order of life called the magnetic, and 
then a step higher the rational, which is mind, known 
as intellect ; and still higher is the spiritual plane ; and 
all the way from below upward, and from without in- 
ward, we are never sundered from the invisible AIL 
The spirit is the supreme condition of our being, and 
when allowed by the recipient it operates on the next 
order to itself, which is the intellect, with wonderful 
energy, so that the faculties thereof are raised to a 
higher tension, which engenders a degree of enthusiasm, 
for which mystics have been noted in all ages. The in- 
tellect thus illuminated and energized by its ruling 
principle, the spirit, in its turn acts directly upon the 
magnetic principle, which is the seat of sin and disease, 
and this lower dimension shows its condition out in the 
body, with which it is immediately allied and connected. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 77 

This, in short, is the process of healing. As inti- 
mated already, we in spiritual thought address the 
spiritual self of the patient, or our own selves, by call- 
ing it into manifestation; and words of truth spoken 
thereto help to give the spirit dominion over the whole 
human kingdom ; and the spirit's work is order, union 
and harmony in man throughout, and that necessarily 
includes the health of the body; for without that his 
work would be incomplete and the human house would 
be divided against itself. In Gal. v., 22 we have this 
language; "But the fruit of the spirit is love, joy, 
peace, long suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meek- 
ness, temperance ; against such there is no law." In 
Deut. xxviii., 21-22, sickness is expressly pronounced 
against the breakers of God's law, "The Lord shall make 
pestilence cleave unto thee;" "The Lord shall smite 
thee with a consumption, and with a fever, and with an 
inflammation," etc. This all might sound like empty 
and barren theory unless we give one explanation. We 
all know that there have been spiritual people all along 
the ages, or at least they were such very often, and 
they were to all appearances as much subject to disease 
as other people ; now here comes in the application of 
that great law of human thought already alluded to, — 
the law of the will and belief of the man himself. He 
may be spiritually exalted at times but for want of 
true spiritual knowledge, he takes with him in his 



78 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

thoughts, a part of those conditions of the lower dimen- 
sion; not even conceiving that he has a divine right to 
be free and exempt from them all, according to holy 
writ ; but holding them all in his mind both conscious 
and unconscious as conditions inevitable : and by words 
bearing on them, fastens them upon his very life ; and 
this is what makes to so many the religious life, such 
an unrelenting warfare, they will not claim their rights 
and heavenly heritage, they do not ask (or affirm) for 
this great liberty, in order that they may have it. What 
says Jesus; "If ye abide in me, and my words abide 
in you, ye shall ask what ye will and it shall by done." 
If we have power to rise into heights where sin can not 
come, we ought to be free from sickness as a conse- 
quence of sin. All law is inflexible, operates uniformly, 
whether what is called natural laws or spiritual laws ; 
ajid when we infringe upon law we, whether saint or 
sinner, are sure to incur the penalty, and there is no 
relaxation or deviation. But our great work and aim 
is to put ourselves under the one law of good, and grow 
up into it, expand and develop in it, and then we will 
have no occcasion of suffering the harsh penalties of 
broken laws. When we affirm faithfully and persistently, 
that good is everywhere about us, waiting our call ; and is 
all, — to the complete exclusion of any thought of the 
reality of evil ; then we get good in its plenitude. With- 
out this supremacy of the spirit, the man is like a ship 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 79 

at sea, at the mercy of the breakers and storms, without 
any pilot at the helm, he is a weak and helpless particle 
of existence, subject to every exigency and influence, 
that may at any time come unbidden, to do him hurt. 
All the wrong states, that are at any time, shown out 
either in mind or body, are in the main due to the want 
of that dominion of the divine man, which was accorded 
him, from the beginning. All our bodily conditions are 
the certain results, of a condition of mind lying back and 
within to them all. The physical body in all its varied 
formation and development cannot be otherwise, than a 
pre-existing force called mind has in its unconscious 
workings ordered and directed that it should be ; and the 
state of bodily health is exactly due to this cause and 
no other. In "Christian Theosophy" by J. H. Dewey, 
M. D., (page 133) we quote the following : " The ideal of 
the mind concerning the body and its limitations, is of 
necessity reflected on the body, and forms the model, into 
which the automatic functions are continually recon- 
structing the new forming tissue ; and the human being 
whether conscious of the fact, or not, is actually making 
his outward man, after and into the pattern furnished, 
by his own mind and thought." Thought is the one great 
motive power that drives the universe and everything 
in it ; nothing can exist without it, and it constructs and 
reconstructs every particle of existence ; whether our 
bodily states be healthy or sickly, is due to our manner 



80 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

of thinking. If we can get people to rise, to a correct 
spiritual manner of thinking, there will be no question 
as to what the bodily states will very soon become. The 
higher we can rise into spiritual thought, the more 
effectual will be our work; healing always carries along 
with it growth, in spiritual power, to the extent, that the 
patient yields to the benign influence. All " Will power 
healing" is mortal mind w T ork and necessarily of the 
error kind. We do not mean, that we shall not employ 
our wills, in our spiritual healing. The faith, will, and 
even imagination of the healer play an important part ; 
we do not mean the imagination in its common bearing, 
— of the creation in thought of something that does not 
really exist, but we mean that force of thought, which 
calls forth the real health and perfection that is already 
there, and conceives and sees the real self to be perfect. 
The sphere of the rational mind is chiefly outward and 
apprehends through the senses, and is limited by the 
sensuous environments ; it must need to be elevated and 
energized, by a higher order of mind power, to make it 
in any manner effectual as an operating agency, on the 
lower stratum of mind, which is dominated the anima 
bruta, which in its turn acts immediately upon the vital 
principle, of the body and physical organism ; this lower 
dimension must be corrected, by the rational mind, which 
in its turn must be illuminated and corrected, by a still 
higher potency, the spiritual inward man, — the ruling 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 81 

power, — when order and harmony reigns in the human 
kingdom. 

But we have digressed. This ever present life ope- 
rates involuntarily as a renovating and restoring power, 
to remedy and heal every breach and cure every dis- 
order. Tt is the elixir of life, "the power of the Lord 
which is present to heal." And this healing life is every- 
where present, and whether the object be human, animal 
or vegetable, . it makes haste to do its healing work. 
It is divine, and therefore pure and perfect; and all life 
of whatever grade operates in it, and it enters into all 
life and operates in all. And as all life is of this one 
life, which is perfect and whole, and always in a state 
of harmony, all emanating from it ought and does bear 
the same nature and qualities. How then do we account 
for disease in the world ? We answer by sin, or ilian's 
departure from the spiritual center of his being, in the 
exercise of his own free will ; and by thus turning away 
from his true divine self, and seeking a life of sense 
gratifications; and persisting on this line, he created a 
selfhood on the outer plane ; and thereby becoming the 
natural man, with a decided tendency to the lower 
and sense gratifications ; which was the inhibited 
tree. And by this mode of procedure man became 
earthly, seusual and devilish; all the order, harmony 
and union of his being were broken up ; the purity of 
his soul became marred by its illicit union with matter 



82 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and the sense life, and thereby he severed the tie which 
bound him to God. And so it now is. He readily be- 
came the victim of fear, and the selfish nature generated 
and grew luxuriantly and became a great fruit bearing- 
tree of evil. Thus the harmony of that pure and perfect 
life that man enjoyed in the perfect and holy life was 
destroyed; the floodgates of evil were opened, and all 
these mortal ills flowed in upon him. 

Without God, or Good, we have unavoidably the op- 
posite, which is evil. This is, in brief, the fall of man 
and the consequences which flowed therefrom. All this 
being true, does it not argue that a return to the pri- 
meval state of purity and perfection would, under the 
manifold grace of God, bring back all that was lost in 
the lapse from the first estate, and with it complete 
emancipation from what is known as sin, suffering and 
death? All the scriptures bearing on this subject are 
most certainly on the affirmative side. Restoration to 
the same spiritual state does work exemption, from the 
conditions of the fallen state. When man, by diso- 
bedience, fell down in the carnal life, he incurred the 
evil conditions of that life ; but being restored to the 
divine spiritual life, none of these conditions have any 
power, or rights over him ; it is his heritage and right 
to be free forever. All this work in both directions is 
wholly confined to the realm of thought. As Paul says 
ni Romans; "To be carnally minded is death, but to be 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 83 

spiritually minded is life and peace." And Jesus said ; 
"He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life ;" 
and "If a man keep my sayings he shall never see 
death." John viii., 51. 

In Lesson 2nd on denial, we laid down the mode and 
process, by which the mind is freed from error, and by 
which evils, so called are cast out. The spoken word, 
in denial, always proves efficacious, by its operation in 
the universal life, which is the medium of thought com- 
munication, between all minds, as we then briefly ex- 
plained. It takes form and quality from our thought 
and feeling, and so becomes our agent and active prin- 
ciple, in clearing away, and freeing our minds of dis- 
ordered and morbid conditions, and by thought impres- 
sion accomplish the same results, in others, under cer- 
tain conditions of receptivity. As this potency is a man- 
ifestation of the life of God, for the use and appropria- 
tion of his children, it is an ever present substance, as 
a life giving, invigorating and healing power. When 
used as a potential agent for good, it becomes far more 
available and active in its operations. While its agency 
by thought reinforcement was shown to be available in 
denial, we think it even more so in the method of spiritual 
training, we denominate affirmation; for the very prin- 
ciple itself is positive and affirmative, in all its voluntary 
operations. So our positive and affirmative thoughts 
operate much more forcibly, in it, when carrying on the 



84 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

work of good. And this statement of its positive nature, 
may account, in part, for the conflict and opposition, 
denials so frequently engender. This spiritual substance 
is the upholding power, of all visible things, and is good, 
and works to good ends, unceasingly ; it is the very 
essence of good ; it is at all times subject to our bid and 
call, and in its involuntary efforts, makes haste to operate, 
intelligently to repair and heal, every time nature's 
harmony is interrupted. As it is life it acts, uniformly, 
as the only preserver of life, in whatever mode, that life 
may be manifested. This is all evident to thinking 
people, who pay any attention to scientific research. All 
of us can grow and develop in this occult realm of spirit, 
for our spiritual nature is in harmony therewith. It com- 
prehends the whole universal empire — length, breadth, 
and height and depth. It is the great interior field of 
labor, and in it we can attain to unlimited power and 
understanding, and all needed good is given for the 
asking (or affirming). In it is the "Path of the just 
which shines more and more unto the perfect day;" 
through it runs "The highway of holiness on which the 
redeemed of the Lord shall walk;" and on which "The 
ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion." 

And all these states are within reach of each and 
every one of us, to be sought and found, by great agony 
and sacrifice, and by casting our will into the will of God. 

There must be a universal order of harmony running 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 85 

through all existence. If our bodies are physical, it is 
because our planet has a physical dimension. If we 
have a lower order of life, called magnetic it is because 
there is a magnetic principle pervading the universe. 
If we are endowed with intelligence, it is because the 
divine intelligence is everywhere manifested, in the 
whole universe. If we have a spiritual nature, it is 
because there is one omnipotent, omnipresent and 
omniscient spirit filling all immensity : " God high over 
all, and blessed forever more." All this is infinite, but 
we are finite, possessing all the co-ordinate qualities of 
the infinite. This is the true phase of our being. 

Now perfect order and hariuony reign in the infinite ; 
and our great life work is to get the same order and 
harmony established in the finite ; so that all the finite 
dimensions of our being shall become one harmonious 
whole ; then we become one with the infinite, and thus 
have attained unto divine perfection, as Jesus, Paul and 
John taught. Pursuing this thought still on, we all the 
time, though finite, have our being in the infinite, and 
we a finite limitation thereof; and we develop inwardly 
into the likeness of the infinite. The infinite is God, and 
what He has made, which is all there is ; the finite is the 
whole in miniature, with unlimited possibilities of devel- 
opment, as a son and heir of the most High. 

There are no bounds or limitations to spiritual un- 
folding, when once we are fairly on the spiritual plane, 



86 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

as a permanent exaltation ; for our spiritual evolution 
goes on perpetually in the infinite spirit ; and we are no 
longer hampered and circumscribed by natural environ- 
ments, but are free in the divine atmosphere and bound- 
less realms of spirit. Following our perfect typical 
pattern and exemplar through his sevenfold stages in 
the redemptive process, and realizing what he under- 
went, our inward divine self develops into his likeness 
and image ; for he is, in us, bringing every thought into 
subjection to his will ; and by a complete renunciation 
of the sensuous life or carnal mind, we crucify or "put 
off our old or natural man with his deeds." Following 
this we become risen with Christ and "walk in newness 
of life," and are admonished to "seek those things which 
are above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of 
God." We are helped along in this divine career, by a 
principle that works as a mighty momentum, to bring 
us nearer and nearer to the source and center of being, — 
and that is faith which will be the chief topic in fifth 
lesson. There is within the inmost depth of every 
fragment of humanity, the divine elements of faith, 
hope and love. This principle of faith is an inseparable 
concomitant of affirmation, which is in itself a species, 
so to speak, of faith, for to affirm and not believe would 
amount to contradiction, in thought. To earnestly 
affirm a truth is to believe in it, and so the healing work 
will be rendered all the more effectual. To recognize 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 87 

error as such, and deny it away has the unmistakable 
tendency to free us from its illusion. To recognize 
truth as such, and affirm it by the word of truth brings 
us its indisputable certitude. Truth spoken will find 
an echo of response sooner or later from every human 
heart; for within the depths of our being, it is said, 
there is the way, the truth and the life. The occasion 
of denials is on account of the errors the whole race 
has been plunged into, and each individual has become 
more or less involved. 

Affirmation rises out of a principle directly the oppo- 
site, and works wholly in the interest of truth and good ; 
it puts the mind into a receptive condition for the good, 
that is all around and about u$, waiting our call. 

All the teachings of Jesus were so very simple, but 
with wonderful depth of meaning ; but we of this grossly 
materialistic age, have slid so far down, from the high, 
divine point, from which, He taught, that we find our- 
selves slow to accept, without qualification, the good 
things that He taught should be ours, for the asking. 

Affirming is asking. If the mind is weary and weak, 
affirm rest and strength; if seeming evils threaten, 
affirm all is good. If you lack wisdom for any under- 
taking, affirm that you have it. If you wish to develop 
in understanding, affirm, that you are growing. in under- 
standing. If you want power, affirm it. If you want 
knowledge, affirm it. Whatever, in fact, on this line is 



88 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

desired get it, by affirmation ; and it is wonderful how 
it soothes and comforts, and clears away the clouds, that 
will gather about us. Denial helps us to put off the 
lower sense nature, which is the seat of sin and all its 
consequences. The selfhood, we may say, is engulfed in 
this lower nature; in the scriptures, it is called the 
fleshly mind; and the Apostle tells us that "They that 
live after the flesh cannot please God." Affirmation 
works to bring the real inward self into manifestation ; 
which is spiritual and forever free from the conditions 
of the lower selfhood. It is clear that all the teachings 
of Jesus had reference, almost entirely to the inward 
man, and to his complete and perfect development, He 
taught that " If any man would come after Him let him 
deny himself " (or selfhood;) that a man should forsake 
all things that pander to its gratification ; he must for- 
sake father and mother, brethren and sisters, wife and 
children, land and houses, for his sake and the gospel. 
Of course He did not mean, that they should quit them 
and go away from them ; but forsake them, in thought 
and feeling as the chief interests of life ; and as occupy- 
ing the highest place in the affections. All these apper- 
tain to man on the plane of the outer life. The passage 
is a great spiritual lesson. The work of Jesus was to teach 
men the allness of spirit, and that the flesh profiteth 
nothing. He told them to call no man on earth their 
father, they had one Father even God. Also my words 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 89 

are spirit and they are life ; all having strict and special 
reference to the spiritual aspect of man's nature. 

Affirmation is the great panacea, for all the little 
seeming ills and annoyances of daily life. Affirm good 
all the time, and good will come ; affirm your real self is 
spiritual, and you will find yourself rising above all these 
seeming disagreeables, into spiritual thought. Affirma- 
tion helps us to open out the fountains and faculties of 
the soul, that have been hitherto lying dormant ; and 
works to set the confines of the soul's dimensions, far out 
into the infinite. 

Every affirmation of life, love, truth, brings them to 
us. Affirmation helps us to grow into mysticism, or 
spiritual consciousness, by which, like Jacob at Peniel, 
when his name was changed to Israel,— we have 'Tower 
with God and men and can prevail." Whatever we 
want in the line of good and right, we get by affirma- 
tion. There is no limit to the abundance— all free- 
"Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His righteous- 
ness and all these things shall be added unto you." 
"All are yours and ye are Christ's, and Christ is God's." 

Affirm : Omnipotence filling all things. — "Behold I 
stand at the door and knock." 

Affirm: Omniscience everywhere. — "Behold I stand 
at the door and knock." 

Affirm: Omnipresence of good. — "Behold I stand at 
the door and knock." 



Lecture VI. 

SPIEITUAL GROWTH AND UNDERSTANDING. 

TRUTH is the one reality of the universe, and is the 
supremest mode of thought ; before its power every 
confronting and opposing pretension must sooner 
or later inevitably subside. Its one light is "the light 
of the world and lighteth every man that cometh into the 
world;" "the light that shineth in the darkness and the 
darkness comprehended it not." To know the truth lifts us 
out of the mire and clay of material beliefs and sets our 
feet upon its own solid foundation. Its light enables us to 
see that all things outward are but the deceptive appear- 
ances and shadowy illusions of a phenomenal display to 
the outer senses of the invisible realities of existence. 
Carlyle, the English essayist, and one of the most ad- 
vanced thinkers of the age, said : "All matter exists spirit- 
ually, and represents some idea and bodies it forth." 
The apostle Paul, in Rom. L, said : "The invisible things 
from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being 
understood by the things that made;" and the same 



92 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

authority says further: "While we look not at things 
which are seen, but at the things which are not seen, 
for the things which are seen are temporal, but the 
things which are not seen are eternal." II Cor. iv., 18. 
Truth is always consistent with itself and is never at 
variance ; and this is applicable to all ages, countries 
and peoples. Truth never increases nor diminishes, 
but is the one unfailing fullness and fills all things. 
Every time truth is spoken for its own sake God is hon- 
ored and worshiped, because it is the principle lodged 
within that is capable of responding to God. Its oppos- 
ing pretensions are error, lies, negation, nonentity. Ig- 
norance is the one cause of all human ills, and truth is 
its sole destroyer and the one and only remedy for all 
the evils with which humanity is afflicted. Says Jesus : 
"If ye continue in my words, then are ye my disciples 
indeed, and ye shall know truth and the truth shall 
make you free." It is the power that saves and heals. 
"Sanctify them through thy truth, thy word is truth." 
"I am the way the truth and the life." "The spirit of 
truth which proceedeth from the Father shall lead you 
into all truth." These are the sayings of Jesus, of whom 
it was said by his enemies, "Never man spake like this 



man." 



"When truth's clear light shall shine, 
With beams of radiance all divine, 
And no mist, or cloud or doubt arise, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 93 

To come between our souls and Thee; 
Humanity will rise and sweep the skies, 
And be forever free." 

As our work is inward, mystical and spiritual it is but 
reasonable that learners should ask for some satisfactory 
evidence, or tangible testimony of the reality of all this 
invisible process and mysterious order of things. It is 
certain no proof of an outward character, as mathemat- 
ical demonstration, or intellectual process of moral rea- 
soning, could on any wise be admissible. Human testi- 
mony coming solely from rational convictions is entirely 
ruled out, as belonging to the lower plane; and in Chris- 
tian Science of mortal mind authority. It is said in the 
2d Epistle to the Cor., "The natural man perceiveth not 
the spiritual things of God, they are foolishness to him, 
neither can he know them, because they are spiritually 
discerned." But there is an infallible guide, called by 
Jesus, "The Comforter, The Spirit of truth; whose office 
is to take the things of God (good) and show them to us ; 
to Lead us into all truth and show us things to come." 
And following up this line of thought and presenting the 
spirit work in practical form the Apostle Paul in I Cor. 
xii., sets forth in specified detail the very works of the 
spirit, which Jesus had long before indicated in more 
comprehensive form. Thus inwardly the Holy Comforter, 
the Spirit of truth imparts indisputable proof to the 
illuminated conscience, setting up a state of subjective 



94 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

consciousness, by far more satisfactory and conclusive 
than any intellectual process of argumentation. " For 
the witness of God is greater than the witness of men ;" 
"It is impossible for God to lie." Therefore since the 
authority of the inner witness is firmly established it 
ought to have complete control of all our thoughts, wishes 
and motives. But to deal dubiously with, and regard it 
with listless and indifferent concern is equivalent to veil- 
ing its light, and disputing its influence and certitude. 
And pointedly comes in here the Apostle's admonition 
that "We should give the more earnest heed to things 
that we hear, lest at any time, we should let them slip." 
It might not be unfitting here to give you a very clear 
and graphic description of this interior manifestation of 
the spirit given to every man to profit withal. " The spirit 
of truth whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth 
Him not neither knoweth Him ; but ye know Him for 
He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you." John xiv., 17. 
"He shall teach you all things." John xiv., 26. u He 
will guide you into all truth, for He shall not speak of 
Himself, but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall He 
speak, and he will show you things to come." John xvi., 
13. We know that the spiritually developed do have a 
certain and incontrovertable experience, that there is 
ever within an indescribable influence, that has taken up 
its residence in the supersensuous and spiritual dimen- 
sion of our being ; whose characteristics are virtue, (cour 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 95 

age,) meekness, patience, gentleness, unselfishness, free- 
dom from fear, freedom from the love of the world and the 
things of the world ; a yearning to do good ; and help the 
suffering and needy ; and crowning all with faith, hope 
and love. It is the true divine self manifested, and has 
entered upon its heritage of bringing every thought into 
subjection to the divine will. It is within the "Lo I am 
with you always even to the end of the world." This 
divine power within is the source and occasion of all the 
healing of the ages ; by some of the prophets in the olden 
times; and in a marvelous measure by Christ and His 
apostles, and the early church. A.nd the thought is 
rising now into prominence, and becoming most clear to 
minds unswayed and unwarped by prejudice, caused by 
reckless adhesion to theological dogmatism, that healing 
was a part of the great gospel work, and shall continue 
to be ; for it is the same power of the Lord which is 
always present to heal as in the beginning. It is a part 
of the blessedness of the kingdom that Jesus taught his 
followers to pray that it should come ; and which Paul 
said was "Bighteousness and peace, joy in the Holy 
Ghost :" which are directly opposite states to sin, sick- 
ness and all manner of suffering. So we are compelled 
to conclude that these seeming conditions of the per- 
verted lower nature "have no part nor lot," nor place in 
the spiritual kingdom of God, which comprehends all 
the realities of existence, both universal and particular, 



96 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

visible and invisible. Thus we can fairly and logically 
legislate as realities, sin, sickness, suffering and death 
entirely out of the universe. This inward unfolding of 
pure understanding, gives us the clearness of inward 
perception, to comprehend the indispensable work of 
atonement. Not that an innocent victim should be re- 
quired to suffer, to appease an angry God, for how could 
God be angry, when "God is love." We have previously 
intimated that man has a fourfold nature ; the animal, 
intellectual, physical, and spiritual. When these shall 
become unified into one complete whole, each one from 
the lowest rendering loyal obedience to its next in power ; 
and so the whole humanity is under the dominion of the 
spiritual nature which inaugurates perfect union, order 
and harmony throughout the whole ; as in the language 
of Paul ; "In whom all the building fitly framed together, 
groweth into an holy temple in the Lord." Eph. ii., 21. 
The redemptive process is to indraw; and to reach 
down to lift up the lowest, by the gradual work of in- 
volution; for creation is by evolution; from within 
outward, but redemption is in the reverse order, and 
always moves inward and upward. The great work of 
this redemption, which applies not only to man, but to 
every other entity, has been assigned to the Christ, 
"The Lamb slain from the foundation of the world." 
It would be foolish in the extreme to suppose the 
omniscient God made a signal mistake when He projected 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 97 

this wonderful universe into existence, — the most won- 
derful of which is man. Christ came to seek and to 
save that which is lost, or gone away from God. Which 
involved the necessity of great suffering on his part, 
but not continuously, as He was perfectly innocent and 
"knew no sin;" and being one with His Father, He 
must often have shared seasons of heavenly bliss. But 
to become the typical man, the pattern of divine ex- 
cellence for the whole humanity, and to teach the truth 
which would make them free and manifest God to the 
world, and lead back the wandering children to their 
Father's house, by proclaiming Himself "The way the 
truth and the life," and the door into the everlast- 
ing kingdom, was the sum of His great mission into the 
world. In this redemptive work, reaching its com- 
pletion in the atonement, a certain order of procession, 
in the conception of infinite wisdom, seem to have been 
necessary, to the fullness of the divine purpose, and 
was therefore ordained for the Christ to undergo, in 
order to bring in this full and complete salvation to the 
world, and enable man to turn from the state of dark- 
ness, errors and lies, to the light of truth, and from the 
power of Satan— (blind materialism) unto God our true 
and only spiritual source and reality. Jesus the Christ 
was a man possessing the complete humanity, and that 
He might be a merciful high priest "He was made in 
all points like unto his brethren." He was God mani- 



98 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

fested in humanity. In Gol. i., 15, Paul says; speaking 
of Christ, "Who is the image of the invisible God, the 
first born of every creature." "He is before all things, 
and by Him all things consist." "For it pleased the 
Father, that in Him should all fullness dwell." 

Therefore to hear the conclusion of the whole matter, 
redemption shall be accomplished in its completeness 
and entirety when the humanity of earth shall be 
merged into the divinity of God, as our elder brother 
was after passing through temptation, passion, cruci- 
fixion, burial, resurrection and ascension. And so He 
became the great pattern, type and leader, for the 
whole humanity of earth. In the language of Paul : 
"For it became Him for whom are all things and by 
whom are all things in bringing many sons into glory, 
to make the captain of their salvation perfect through 
suffering." Heb. ii., 10. Christ lays before us an 
enabling process, through all the stages of which, we in 
like manner must pass ; so that "We may overcome and 
sit with Him on His throne, as He overcame and sat down 
on His Father's throne." This Christ life within is the 
only saving and redeeming principle ; it is equally poten- 
tial in every individual of the common humanity, in some 
realized and developed, in others latent and undeclared, 
but in all who are in any manner covered by the great 
gospel work of redemption ; for without it redemption 
would be inoperative, as there would be no mediator 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 99 

between man and God. It is "The leaven which a 
woman hid in three measures of meal till the whole 
was leavened." It is "The pearl of great price," "The 
hidden manna," "The tree of life," of which we may 
"eat and live forever." The blood of atonement had a 
twofold symbolical signification; the putting off, or 
renunciation of the animal life, which left the soul free 
from its deceptive influence and degrading power ; and 
likewise symbolizing on its spiritual side, the one 
eternal life, pure and spotless, given for the world 
which all can have by believing on Him ; "He that 
believeth on the son hath everlasting life." And laying 
down his life that He might take it again in a more 
glorious form ; He became perfect through suffering. 
And we following Him through all the stages of tempta- 
tion and suffering might likewise attain to the same 
perfection through Him. This atoning life is called by 
Peter, "The precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb with- 
out spot and without blemish." I Pet. i., 19. Like- 
wise this saving life is called the blood of God. Acts 
xx., 28. Also we are saved by His life — and "When 
Christ who is our life shall appear, then shall we 
appear with Him in glory." Col. iii., 4. So we 
become one with Christ by partaking of this divine 
life and so becoming like Him. Who is in the language 
of Paul, "Through all and in you all." And Christ 
prayed the Father that all of His "might be one even 



100 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

as we are One." It is manifest to our spiritual under- 
standing — having a share of development — in us, and 
by which we are lifted up out of the rational and sen- 
suous into the higher regions of thought, where every- 
thing can be scrutinized under the clear light of truth, 
that a great mistake and illusion has all along pre- 
vailed in human thought, and has been the means of 
holding fast in chains and material bondage the humani- 
ty of earth, with all their wonderful endowments and 
divine capabilities. The visible things all about us are 
our teachers of the invisible power, intelligence, sub- 
stantial presence, life, love, truth and goodness that have 
always, do now, and always will fill the boundless, unfa- 
thomable and everlasting universe, as comprehending 
the only realities. 

These and all they embrace are all that can by any 
possibility sustain any claim to entity or existence, 
whether great or small, high or low, significant or insig- 
nificant, to the complete disannulling of every antagon- 
istic or negative proposition. We can truthfully affirm 
that all else within the compass and scope of human 
thought, however sensible and certain they may appear, 
are not entitled to the appellation of reality. The vocab- 
ularies of all languages are abundant in such terms as 
delusion, deception, illusion, appearances, mirages, 
phantoms, seemings, misbeliefs, false beliefs, imagina- 
tions; making the unreal seem to be real. AH these are 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 101 

incorrect states of thought ; because what was supposed 
to be true was false, as all these terms imply. And so 
whatever may arise to lay claim to reality in conflict with 
any of the above statements of the attributes of divinity, 
which occupy all space and fill all things, may peremptor- 
ily be pronounced false and nothing. This will apply to 
all disagreeable things and harmful states and suffering 
conditions, in whatever form, in the outer and lower modes* 
of thought and life. For the mind, viewing these through 
the senses as being real, is deceived, and, living in the 
deception, suffers from them in like manner as if they 
were real and true. The mind is a mysterious, complex 
structure, and when put into motion and given direction 
by the great driving wheel of its will power, is capable 
of wonderful expansion into the lower states of sin and 
error and all manner of evil thoughts and desires, which 
our own experience and observation show us in daily 
life, for we are constantly coming in contact with such 
specimens of humanity. But on the other side, the 
spiritual side, man posseses in his inmost being the di- 
vine particle, which is one with God, its source, and has 
a like nature, and is the principle within every man 
which is capable of responding to God, and if yielded to 
the whole man can "worship God in spirit and in truth," 
as one harmonious whole. The development of our 
spiritual faculties enables us to perceive the nonreality 
and nothingness of every state not of a spiritual nature ; 



102 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

for we then can behold things as they are. Everything 
not spiritual is doomed to utter annihilation, and shall 
go completely out of memory and thought; showing 
thereby its utter nothingness from the first. For what- 
ever can be wholly annihilated never had any real ex- 
istence. This spiritual consciousness fully awake with- 
in gives us rightful and supreme control of conditions 
and surroundings, and affords insight into character; 
but above all these it takes control of the self of every 
one who will yield willing obedience to its divine authori- 
ty. This understanding gives us power to work above 
the merely material plane, and we grow into the habit 
of thinking spiritually, and so become spiritually minded, 
which is "life and peace." Amid all the commotions of 
earth and vicissitudes of life we share the inspiration of 
confidence that we are all "able to stand." Spiritual 
truths often show themselves to us unsought, as the soul 
opens to take in the divine light ; perception becomes 
clearer as our spiritual eyes are being opened, and we 
gradually lose sight of self in our desires to help others. 
The great fountain of wisdom is open and free. "If any 
lack wisdom let him ask of God, who giveth to all liber- 
ally and upbraideth none." This understanding is not 
of the intellectual type, as most people regard it ; but is 
an attribute of a diviner quality, and a faculty of the 
inward man in manifestation. It is important to know 
how to grow into this spiritual understanding; and I will 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 103 

say, nothing expands so readily when exercised proper- 
ly. The living Word is wonderful in dealing with these 
questions ; it gives us vast control of self and surround- 
ings. Use it in denial against whatever comes under 
the head of evil and matter, and its power to free us 
from these false states will be in proportion as we in 
faith realize its truth and effectiveness. And then in 
affirmation we simply call or ask for all the good things 
we need, and there is no limit upon us ; we are invited 
to "ask largely." "Ask and ye shall receive." The 
great Teacher puts in a parable strictly to the point 
here : "First the blade, then the stalk, then the ear, then 
the full corn in the ear." This all comes by impercept- 
ible growth, yet all the more certain, if we labor for it. 
One of the meanings of "Lay up for yourselves treasures 
in heaven" is to grow rich in spiritual understanding, 
and so amass spiritual knowledge and strength, so as to 
be thoroughly furnished unto all good works. Cultivate 
concentration and interior focalization of thought by 
regular exercise for that purpose, and you will become 
trained for giving absent treatment. It is good to form 
the habit of overlooking the imperfections of others and 
recognizing every one you meet as one of God's children, 
for in our inmost all are on one common plane and are 
the offspring of God. When we have reached this state 
of spiritual mindedness it is no great hardship to love 
our neighbors as ourselves and to conform to the golden 



104 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

rule of doing to others as we would have them do to us. 
Thus armed and equipped for the great work of doing 
good by helping the needy and spreading truth before 
the world, you can go forth into her broad fields and 
gather force in yourself by doing with your might what' 
soever your hand findeth to do, and lay up in store for 
yourselves a good foundation against the time to come. 
When our minds are so highly exalted into divine spirit- 
ual consciousness, then there will be projected from 
them realities, lovely, majestic and beautiful, as the vast 
perspective will be of the "kingdom which cannot be 
moved." As all things that are known to us have their 
existence in thought, then, the higher and purer our 
thoughts, correspondingly, will be the modes of mind, 
subjectively and objectively, spread before the vision. 
When we become wholly spiritual and freed from the 
gross influence of material beliefs, and evil, as a reality, 
has gone completely out of mind, we may be said to have 
recovered the Edenic state, which is realized even here 
and now. And in reality we are sure that to accomplish 
this was the supreme mission of Jesus the Christ. 

Our chief aim should be to rise above the sense plane, 
where all is impotent and limited, into the supersens- 
uous order of thought and being, above the scope of the 
sense mind. And the first above is the psychic or soul 
plane, where interior intelligible thought operations are 
carried on and is the dimension of intuition, by which 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 105 

we can at first hands, without any information received 
through the senses, or by any rational process of the 
intellect, understand and know, although sense percep- 
tion often contributes to the awakening of contempla- 
tion in the psychic powers. The mind's action on this 
plane, in its perceptive operations, is called by some the 
sixth sense, or intuitive perception. In this divine order 
of man's mental arrangement, there is still a higher 
order of thought and being, where over ruling supre- 
macy asserts its right of dominion ; and this still higher 
order of discernment is called the seventh sense, which 
is man's spiritual faculty. We object to this sense 
terminology as applied to these divine powers of the in- 
ward real self ; as their operations are thought and con- 
templation above anything resembling sense action; 
but amounts to knowing and perceiving, wholly inde- 
pendent of any designated avenues of thought whatever. 
This spiritual entity is humanity's crown, — "The crown 
of life." It is the divine monitor, and is infallible when 
strictly heeded. It is the central fire and incandescent 
light of the individual human kingdom; and God's 
medium of inspiration, whereby the intellect and lower 
dimensions are illuminated, according to the words of 
the great Teacher ; "If thine eye be single thy whole 
body shall be full of light." 

When this supreme reign of spirit is set up in man, 
a new order of things has been inaugurated ; the whole 



106 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

humanity has been made over, and the old life with all 
its conditions has been thrown off, and the new life of 
the Christ taken on; "If any man be in Christ he is a 
new creature, old things have passed away, behold all 
things are become new." 

In this new order of existence we can claim and have 
health of the whole man, within and without ; the peace 
of mind that the world cannot give nor take from, called 
" The peace that passeth understanding ;" and we can 
likewise rise into the light and knowledge of the truth, 
which is the " Liberty of the children of God." Our life 
being one with the One life we can receive continuous 
influx of the only soul and body healing power, and 
fearlessly rise into the depths of the mysterious silence, 
which is the pure atmosphere of divinity itself : and as 
its ocean of infinitude surges through our souls, we know 
the joy that is unspeakable and full of glory. And 
rising continually in the understanding of its mysteries 
and beauties we gather some conception of the meaning 
of the language of inspiration. Eye hath not seen, nor 
ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man, 
the things that God hath laid up for them that love him. 

As the next six lectures are on healing the sick, we 
will conclude this, with some suggestions to those who 
purpose working in the Science, to heal and spiritually 
elevate, any who may desire to be treated. It is beyond 
question that the healer should be qualified for the 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 107 

responsible relations he has assumed, none of the errors 
common to the mortal mind conditions should have a 
place in his thoughts. Selfishness should be the first 
diabolical principle to be exorcised and fear should 
follow, quick in its wake. The three cardinal vices, lust, 
greed and anger, which drown men in destruction and 
perdition should be wholly overcome. Pride, jealousy 
and envy should be put away. The healer should heal 
himself of all deception or error, so as to be perfectly 
sound and healthy throughout, otherwise he might reflect 
his condition upon the patient. The healer should be 
confirmed in his own belief in the principle of truth and 
its certain mastery over error. Faith is an indispensable 
element in his work, as doubt will cause failure, by being 
handed from the healer to the patient ; and faith as we 
have taught in Lecture 5th is the sole condition of spir- 
itual blessings. The motives that should prompt the 
healer, are the doing of good, and helping to lift the 
suffering and needy out of the darkness and mire and 
clay of error, and place them upon the rock of truth ; 
and in thus consecrating life and all for the good of 
humanity, self is left out and lost sight of. 

It is all right to receive pay for services, otherwise 
the great work, for which humanity yearns could not 
go forward to any very great extent; but this should 
never be the motive for doing good, which should be for 
its own sake alone. The healer should train for his 



108 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

work, by developing his spiritual faculties, by denial 
and affirmation and by interior concentration and focal - 
ization of thought, hold it upon a given object or person 
a reasonable length of time, so as to train for absent 
treatment ; but after all faithful and earnest work is the 
best exercise for developing the inward powers ; "And 
to do good and communicate forget not." The healer 
should rise to the spiritual plateau of preeminence, and 
work alone from that high point of observation ; and 
cultivate and develop intuition by the cutting off and 
renouncing the sense life as a mode of reality ; and to 
"use this world as not abusing it," but making it to 
conform to spiritual teaching and become tributary 
thereto. The spiritual mind thus elevated far above the 
range of the ordinary mortal world thought, is in the state 
of being "In the world, but not of the world ;" and is free 
from all the environments of the world influence, pro- 
vided right treatment to this end is daily resorted to 
by the power of the Word in denial and affirmation. 
"He that is spiritual judgeth all things, though himself 
is judged of no man." 



PART II 



LECTURE VII. 

HEREDITY. 

I AVING completed the course of six lectures on self 
| I preparation, and disciplining the powers of the 
mind, for the work you have entered upon, by 
setting forth the fundamental doctrines of the spiritual 
nature of man, as an offspring and creation of a 
spiritual Father and creator; and showing up the abso- 
lute truth of the proposition that there is but one source 
from which all things came forth, and that source is per- 
fect and good, that all things must of necessity bear the 
impress and likeness in some manner and form, as that of 
the source from which they sprang ; and must in a manner 
represent the nature and character of the author of their 
existence. We have seen that this is wholly good, and 
everything that was made was likewise good, "And very 
good," as it could not be otherwise, for everything 



110 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

coming forth from a good source, must itself be good, 
as the stream must of necessity be of the same nature 
and quality as the fountain. We behold in things dis- 
played to our minds outwardly, and of sense apprehen- 
sion, perfect order and harmony reigning throughout 
the whole under regulations which we call laws of na- 
ture, indicating to us a still higher order and harmony 
in the invisible realities of being, of which all outward 
things are but phenomena. All reality is invisible, 
all outward is show and shadow because all is mind, 
and mind is invisible. As truth is the foundation of 
our healing work we have endeavored to plainly set 
forth its principles and philosophy very briefly, merely 
to help the common, honest inquirer to gain insight into 
the foundation principles of all this healing work that 
is done to such a large extent over our country, and is 
on such rapid increase. The next six lessons will be de- 
voted to that work principally. In the previous lessons 
we gave only elementary teaching, as any attempt be- 
yond this would be inappropriate owing to the fact that 
they have been prepared in the main for the beginner 
and novice in this newly promulgated science, the prin- 
ciples of which are as old as creation. All beginners in 
this occult science, however learned they may be on 
other subjects, and however much on the common plane 
experience has done for them, yet they are but babes, 
and have need to "be fed on the sincere milk of the 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. Ill 

Word" until they have had time to grow into spiritual 
understanding; then much of this teaching here present- 
ed will expand into a much wider range of thought and 
experience, and that which is now seen "through a glass 
darkly" they will behold "face to face" in certitude. 
For certain it is, if we apply our hearts unto wisdom we 
shall find wisdom coming to meet us, as her voice is 
heard in the book of Proverbs, saying, "They that seek 
me early shall find me." To consecrate all our powers, 
both inward and outward, to doing good, that principle 
will open wide her gates and flow to us in inexhaustible 
plenitude. To seek understanding by faithful affirma- 
tion will early bring us into its realization. All de- 
velopment is from within ; outward acts are but the ex- 
emplification of inward states, and outward states are 
the exponents of the inward conditions of mind ; in fact, 
however much to the contrary it may appear, we are 
invisible beings. And when we realize this fully we 
have learned an important lesson in regard to sin and 
all its consequences; for all outward appearances of 
disease are the products of inward thought. There are 
no bounds or limitations circumscribing our spiritual 
growth, for while we and all that actually appertains to 
us in the cast and mold of existence are of the finite 
order, yet our spiritual nature is susceptible of infinite 
development and progression as it continually draws 
from and grows into the infinite spirit of which it is a 



112 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

a part and is a fragment of the universal and infinite 
whole; for the very idea of spirit divine suggests in 
thought the characteristics of infinitude. Everything 
that exists is effect ; cause is behind it and in it, other- 
wise there could be no effect. Existence is in the nature 
of effect and is sustained and upheld and filled by the 
one and only cause, which is the inward force and life of 
all outward things ; and every effect can be nothing 
more than the outward expression of its cause. Nothing 
can be more exalting and ennobling to all that is with- 
in than to rise in contemplation above the changing and 
evanescent environments which are doomed to prove 
their nothingness by their total disappearance from 
thought and consciousness, and become inhabitants of 
a higher realm and sphere of thought and conscious be- 
ing ; and when the new spiritual order of things shall be 
ushered in to share in the sublime contemplation by 
minds spiritually endued from the source and center of 
all things, "who is the only wise potentate, King of 
kings and Lord of lords." 

The great question of the ages, and of this age, and 
will be in the ages to come, is that of human happiness, 
or perfect satisfaction. Ignorance of the truth, causes 
this to be sought in many mistaken ways. Worldly 
renown and fame, power and authority, wealth and ease, 
pleasure and sense satisfaction, are some of the principal 
ways in which this all absorbing desideratum is sought 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 113 

after, but all involve a bondage to the lower sense life, 
and even the intellect in its widest range, unless sub- 
servient to the spirit is itself subjugated and subsidiary 
to the same. But none of these abide, our experience is 
our informer, — they make haste to be gone, like the 
swiftness of " The borealis race that flit ere you can 
point their place." The whole tendency of the race, 
with the here and there exception, is to seek satisfaction 
according to the above method, hence the world full of 
anguish, disappointment and despair. A peaceful con- 
science gives freedom from nervous uneasiness, and f or- 
bodings of harm, and gives sweet sleep at night, which 
is " Nature's sweet restorer." Happiness comes alone 
from within ; and is of the heart and mind, and is " The 
peace that passeth understanding." Jesus said to his 
disciples, "Peace I leave with you, tuy peace, I give unto 
you : not as the world giveth, give I unto you." John xiv., 
27. Health must figure very largely in the make up of 
the sum total of human happiness, for in fact with- 
out it, we could not have the above state of beatitude, as 
this is necessarily included in that ; experience tells us 
there can be but little peace with bodily affliction. The 
wise tell us that health, for real satisfaction, is far above 
wealth, and yet health is often offered on the alter of 
sacrifice to wealth. Knowledge, understanding, wisdom 
must have a wide open door that they may enter in and 
fill up the vacuum in the human soul : and " Truth in the 



114 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

inward parts," lights up and adorns the whole kingdom 
within; completing the whole, "With faith, hope and 
love/' "And the greatest of these is love." How shall 
this state of beatitude be attained ? We answer by man's 
return to God within himself. He had all these happy 
conditions around him in their rich fullness subject to 
his call and appropriation, when we first hear of him as 
a being created in the image of God, but he lost them, by 
his fall, or turning away from the divine spirit within, 
and seeking satisfaction in the sense life. To regain 
these he must return as did the prodigal son to his 
Father's house, for there is the ring for his finger, the 
best robe for him to put on, the fatted calf, — the music 
and dancing ; " There is joy in the presence of the angels 
of God over one sinner that repenteth." This is but a 
miniature presentation of "Paradise lost and regained." 
In the downward and outward there is disease and death, 
in the upward and inward there is health and life ever- 
lasting. " He that converteth a sinner from the error of 
his way, shall save a soul from death, and hide a multi- 
tude of sins." James v., 20. What we have said above 
is in some form designed to be a synopsis of Lecture I, 
in order, that we may keep the great truths of the fore- 
going lectures fresh in the student's mind while mastering 
the healing lesson, and this will be our plan throughout. 
We have at last reached that part of our task in 
which we give instruction in the healing practice. The 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 115 

first will consist of that which is frequently in demand 
anywhere and everywhere; off and on, at home and 
abroad, and a large variety of cases fill up the measure 
of this part of the programme. All kinds of little and 
big accidents, falls of children, bumps, hurts, burns, 
scalds, cuts ; in fact everything of this class, too numer- 
ous to mention. They are usually not serious, although 
often seemingly painful ; and what is needed most is 
immediate relief, which generally speaking is in the 
main, the end of the matter. Now we will say that 
scare, fright or fear is at the bottom of all the hurt or pain 
there is : for we are taught that fear causes inflamma- 
tion, and this is the occasion of pain ; yet the fall or blow 
might cause the fear, and hence the pain. Such being the 
case the healer should immediately go to work to remove 
fear out of the patient's mind, and to do so, we use the 
living Word in denial — just deny away fear out of the 
patient's mind, silently, in thought directed to patient, 
repeating often, until relief comes ; you call silently the 
name of the patient, ten or fifteen minutes is seldom 
necessary for the conquest. There is another sure anti- 
dote for fear, and that is love. John says, " Perfect love 
casteth out all fear ;" therefore if the case is slow to 
yield under denial : you then affirm love to the patient 
and remember " Love is of God." This little treatment 
can be varied, or expanded, as you wish, so these thoughts 
are substantially conveyed. All kinds of sickness is the 



116 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

result of some abnormal belief, or wrong mental state, 
or error of some sort, either in the conscious or uncon- 
scious mind. The cases just mentioned are principally 
in the former, but chronic disorders, always in the latter. 
Those of the conscious mind are easily healed, as they 
are generally superficial, but those of the unconscious 
mind, have a deeper root in thought, or belief and re- 
quire longer and more persistent effort; of course all this 
is of general scope, as we find exceptions on both sides. 
Disease either of body or mind is the outgrowth of error 
somewhere, and of some kind, and the breaking loose 
the hold of the error is the task before the healer. All 
healing is a contest with error, and truth is its sole 
destroyer; but the word of truth will conquer. One 
thing keep in mind, you address the true divine self of 
your patient, which is never in error, or sick, these 
states belong alone to the false self ; you recognize in 
thought your patient as perfectly well and harmonious, 
and call this perfection into manifestation ; the person- 
ality or outward self you ignore, as not being real but 
false ; and in this false self is where the errors and dis- 
eases are all fostered, and cherished. In fact the whole 
work is to put down this false self or personality, and 
destroy with it all its conditions, and call the real self 
into manifestation. When this is complete the work of 
healing is complete, and the patient likewise spiritually 
benefited. The belief in evil as reality, — and as having 



CHKTSTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 117 

the right to rear itself in opposition to good ; when good 
is all, and evil is but a contradiction and lie; and the 
belief in matter as being a real entity and substance, 
and independent, and in some way self existent, and 
self sustaining, and not existing spiritually ; have caused 
the human race to grope in darkness and suffer all the 
ills of that benighted condition. Always recognize your 
patient as spiritual, and above the seeming laws of evil 
and matter; and in no manner effected by them. In 
Lecture VI we close with instruction to healer as to their 
qualifications spiritually. The healer must be thus 
minded and work from that plane, in order to get good 
and effectual results ; healing with the mind merely, is 
at best but temporary and superficial, as it reaches no 
higher than the mind plane ; but healing from the higher 
plane of spirit accomplishes a spiritual work, as well as 
thorough healing of the body. The stillness of spirit in- 
fluence, the voice of the silence, the eternal calm are to 
be reached within : the master says, " The kingdom of 
heaven is wdthin you." We have before us now to combat 
in silent thought the common beliefs and errors of the 
common humanity, and these beliefs and errors are, as 
we have already said, the cause of all human ills and 
suffering ; the removal and destruction of these constitute 
the sole remedy. The spoken Word is the weapon, and 
truth is the healing balm. It seems to be common 
among scientists to arrange their method of treatment 



118 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

in six divisions, accounting one for each day, but this is 
not peremptory, although good as a rule. The patient 
is seated, and states what is the supposed cause of the 
illness ; the healer denies each statement, as they are 
made, to break their force, in the mind of the patient, 
and also to keep free himself. This examination should 
be brief, and swept away by denial. You will then pro- 
ceed to treat patient as follows : call name and summon 
patient's attention, by saying listen to me ; all in thought : 
this will also nx your attention : 

1. Deny the supposed cause as stated by patient, 
in thought of course. 

2. Deny that matter and evil have any power 
over patient's mind. 

3. Deny away all fear over the patient's mind. 

4. Deny the common beliefs in heredity as influ- 
encing patient's mind. 

5. Deny the influence over patient's mind of his 
environment, that is the common beliefs of the surround- 
ings creating an error atmosphere. (This is a powerful 
false influence.) 

6. Deny away the whole mass of cumulated errors 
of mortal mind as having any reality whatever, and 
therefore no power over patient's mind. 

This sixth day should achieve a complete conquest, 
as nothing is left to destroy. This is followed by affir- 
mations. Call patient by name, in thought, and say : 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 119 

1. Your real self is spirit, and therefore free and above 
all seeming effects of physical influence to work harm. 
Nothing can harm you ; the healing life of God is ever 
present with you and in you to strengthen and heal ; 
you are free in the truth. 2. You are free from all 
beliefs in evil ; it is nothing, and therefore can do you 
no harm. You are free from all beliefs in material 
things and in matter's power over you, as spirit cannot 
be affected by matter. 3. You are free from the in- 
fluence of fear ; you are fearless and free ; you are 
God's offspring, and enjoy His love continually. "Per- 
fect love casteth out all fear;" you rest securely in His 
love. 4. You are free from the power of heredity over 
you; you are spirit, and not subject to the seeming laws 
of heredity. You are above the reach and influence of 
all these seeming laws ; you are spirit, and therefore free. 

5. You are free from all influence of surroundings; you 
are wholly free from the power of environment ; you are 
spirit, and above the reach of these error influences. 

6. You are spirit, and child of spirit ; you are the off- 
spring of God, and as such are above all mortal mind 
beliefs and influences. You have your life from God; 
your strength and all that is within you are from God ; 
you are free from all mortal belief; there is perfect 
union, order and harmony in you throughout ; you have 
the peace which is of God alone. This is a simple 
method, suitable for beginners, and can be used to good 



120 CHKISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

purpose if the healer will develop into spiritual under- 
standing, so as to realize the full import of the words 
sent into the patient's mind. This will help to train the 
thoughts and prepare for heavier work and more com- 
plicated details. 

We propose now to enter upon a more thorough and 
complete healing course, consisting of six divisions as* 
above. One for each day, exceptions to be noted here- 
after. First day's treatment is on the ponderous subject 
of heredity, or the settled belief that children, take from 
their parent's constitutional conditions. It requires 
strong work, on the spiritual line, to eradicate this error : 
it must be treated on the spiritual plane, as it is not 
denied as a fact on the plane of mortality ; and we have 
told you, to recognize only the real self of the patient 
which is spirit, and with spirit heredity is wholly in- 
operative. As all receive life from the one and only 
source of life, the true life principle within must be of 
like quality. 

There are certain channels through which all errors 
come to us, and no one is wholly free from being victim- 
ised, save the highly endued scientist, who is ever on his 
vigil. Certain it is errors are there, and the healer's 
task is to extirpate them, by changing the patient's 
thoughts, or bringing him from darkness to light. Par- 
ents believe and talk errors, in the hearing of children, 
and it is as natural for little ones to believe what parents 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 121 

say, as for the sparks to fly upward. This is the first 
source, or channel of ezror to deal with. The whole 
human race is composed, in a sense of parents and 
children; so we see how universal errors become. So 
there are race beliefs to combat. The patient also holds 
errors as beliefs, in his unconscious mortal mind, which 
must be eradicated. Then here is the direful influence 
of environment, — social and community errors as be- 
liefs; this requires strong faith and confidence, in the 
power of truth. Everyone both small and great have 
thought influence ; and give it off into the common fund 
of mortal mind; which creates a thought atmosphere in 
the surroundings ; to dwell in this and breathe it into 
the mind, will make the patient one w T ith it in life and 
thought ; not necessarily in everything but in the main 
current beliefs. We find this true in a marked degree 
in politics and religion ; and this is likewise the occasion 
of the spread of disease, which often goes through 
families and neighborhoods. All thes false beliefs must 
be denied, to free the patient's mind from their power 
over him. Strong mind and strong will are necessary 
to stem or oppose the current of common belief and 
thought, if it be error throughout. But we here repeat 
our quotation, " He that is spiritual judgeth all things, 
though himself is judged of no man." There is one more 
possible source of error that must be met by the sword 
of denial ; and that is the healer himself, who may be 



122 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

holding errors, in his unconscious mind, and in process 
of treatment these might be imparted to the patient. 
All illness is caused by wrong thinking and wrong be- 
lieving. By descending into the lower zone of our being, 
we place ourselves in a condition of bondage to all the 
phases of unreal existence. But rising into the spiritual 
we become freed from this bondage, of which the Egyp- 
tian bondage was a similitude, because we become 
children of light and behold reality by the light of truth. 
We will now begin the regular course of treatment, com- 
prising six days, and as we hope by the end of six days 
our patient will be well and our work finished ; so we 
can both rest on the seventh, we will take Monday for 
the first. Now it many take a longer, or shorter time, 
in which case, you only call the stages of your progress 
days for convenience of method ; as the patient may 
become well in a much shorter time, or it might take 
longer. 

In order to make the treatment more impressive and 
present better method, we have arranged it in divisions. 
There are five formulas, and all are sources of error. 

Monday.— Heredity. — Self treatment for spirituality 
should preceed all efforts at healing so as to see with 
spiritual eyes, and hear with spiritual ears, and feel 
with spiritual truth, and so be able to speak the living 
Word of truth. Patient is seated ; healer likewise, and 
with closed eyes. We will name the trouble Neuralgia. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 123 

Patient's name is Smith ; so we will say, Mary Smith, 
listen to me : 

1. No belief of your parents in heredity or sen- 
suality as that children take and inherit diseases or any 
conditions whatever from their parents, can in any 
manner cast upon you any of their seeming conditions 
or that which you call neuralgia; their believing in 
heredity and sensuality, as that whereby children obtain 
life and bodily conditions from parents, has no power 
over you, as spirit, to reflect upon you that condition 
you call neuralgia. You have no inherited disorder in 
you whatever. I deny all such beliefs in the power and 
reality of matter. 

2. No belief that the human race hold about sen- 
suality or the sense life can in any way superinduce 
upon you this disorder or complaint you call neuralgia; 
nor has any race belief that children can inherit from 
their parents bring upon you or show out in you this 
condition you call neuralgia; I deny all these errors 
and false beliefs of the race; I deny their power over 
you altogether, and being spirit, you are not subject to 
any race belief or error ; you have no such illness as 
that you call neuralgia. 

3. No belief you may have in sensuality can exhibit 
in you that which you call neuralgia. You are not sen- 
sual, and are not held by any such errors ; no belief of 
yours that children can, and do, inherit from their 



121 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

parents, any conditions whatever, can show itself in you, 
as what you call neuralgia. I deny that you have in- 
herited any thing from your parents. 

4. No belief that people in the surroundings hold 
about sensuality, or about children inheriting from their 
parents has any influence over you, so as to cause you 
to show this condition you call neuralgia. I deny all 
power or influence of environment over you ; the errors 
of the surroundings, have no power over you ; no error 
atmosphere of the surroundings can have any influence 
over you to lead you into error. 

5. No belief I may have in sensuality and heredity 
can in any wise cause you this illness you call neuralgia ; 
no errors I may hold can have any power over you; you 
have no such disorder, as that you call neuralgia. I deny 
the whole as true. Affirmation — Mary Smith, listen to 
me ; I affirm, for you, that you are wholly free from the 
beliefs, in the influence and seeming laws of sensuality 
and heredity. You are spirit and therefore cannot be 
effected, or reached by any such seeming laws. I affirm, 
you are forever free. You are one with the one life, which 
is ever present to heal you of all errors, or mistaken 
thought. You are always in harmony with the life of 
God. God is your strength; you cannot show out weak- 
ness. God is your truth ; you cannot show out any error, 
or mistaken ways of thinking. God is your purity ; you 
are free from all the influence and effects of sensuality. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 125 

God is your Father and your Mother ; you are the child 
of spirit; and spirit cannot suffer. Listen to me, you 
are the child of God : and I affirm for you, that you are 
above the power of all that seem the laws of error and 
matter. God is your peace. 

You can extend any one of these methods, if you 
wish, and need not confine yourself to this exact language, 
the substance of the thought is what you need to direct 
to the mind of your patient. As a general rule, use the 
denials first, and finish the treatment with the affirma- 
tions; concluding with spiritual uplifting for patient 
by saying ; you are spirit and child of the All Spirit, and 
show forth His perfection ; you are God's idea formulated 
by the divine potencies of life and love, and therefore 
show out perfect order, harmony, truth, goodness, love 
and peace. 



LECTURE VIII. 

THINGS WHICH ARE NOT EEAL, BUT SEEM TO BE, 
AND THEREBY DECEIVE. 

IN setting forth these healing lessons, we will, as we 
did in number seven, give a few outline thoughts on 
Lecture 4th, on denial. This is to keep before the 
mind of the student, while pursuing these lessons on 
healing the foundation doctrines, of which the six lessons 
of Part I were in some sort an effort ; as we designed 
them to be an embodiment in part of the fundamental 
truths and basic principles upon which all this work of 
healing and otherwise blessing those, who are willing 
and believing subjects is justified. Denial is an action 
of the mind, and its effects are laws of thought. In a 
sense, thought has but two phases, it is either yea or 
nay, — affirmation or denial of any proposition it must 
pass upon; this is imperative, unless the plea of igno- 
rance is interposed; and every proposition, when under- 
stood, must summon -one or other phase of human 
thought. Denial has its peculiar power and certain 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 127 

effects upon the mind ; and affirmation its peculiar 
power and effects. Denial is styled the negative prop- 
osition; its office is to break down, destroy, demolish, 
or at least weaken and diminish any state of mind it is 
hurled against ; and it is of strong tendency to erase or 
efface any impression not of positive certainty, that 
may exist even in conscious thought ; a plea of denial 
in a court of justice invariably throws the onus probandi 
on the affirmative party. Like many other things it 
has its right and wrong side. When used for proper 
ends, to correct errors and dissipate illusions, or break 
down falsehood, it works to good ends and great benefit ; 
but when used to oppose and hinder truth, and negative 
that which is good and desirable, it works harm, and so 
becomes an engine of evil: The agnostic of this age is 
in the line of the above, on the most gigantic scale of 
anything conceivable in thought ; as he denies the exist- 
ence of God, revelation and in fact, everything that is 
really worth having or worth knowing. On this same 
line its tendency is to weaken good influences and 
gather up the wayside seed that may be sown in the 
heart ; on this side its fruits are unbelief, and unbelief 
is ignorance of the truth, and always closes the door 
of the heart to its light ; dark indeed must be the life 
of the one in w r hose soul no light from above shines. 
"If thine eye be evil thy whole body shall be full of 
darkness," says the great teacher. Denial in meta- 



128 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

physics, in ethics, and even law, is always master of 
the situation, until a counter influence of truth breaks 
its hold and dislodges from the mind its false preten- 
sions. But on its commendable side it is quite the 
reverse, and in the hands of him who wields it for good 
ends, is a weapon of great power, and becomes one of 
the keen edges of the sword of the spirit. It is in the 
thought of the healer the power by which the mind of 
the patient is relieved of its burden of errors. It works 
by the spoken word, in silent thought ; it enters into 
the patient's unconscious mind, and drives out and 
clears away the whole mass of morbid states, errors and 
false beliefs which have become a settled condition and 
must be removed, before any real permanent good can 
be effected. These seeds of disease and death are sown 
there, by fear and thought inverted from the light of 
truth above to the darkness below. And in this lower 
world of our inward states man makes his own sin, 
suffering and death ; for this is the sphere of all these ; 
and denial is the engine to use to destroy them. You 
see how mighty is denial when used by the spiritually 
unfolded; it is said, "The last enemy that shall be 
destroyed is death." The more we develop spiritually 
will we be able to realize the potency of this weapon, in 
the great warfare now being waged for the destruction 
of evil in the world, or in the hearts and minds of the 
people. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 129 

We use denial also to keep our own minds free from 
errors reflected upon us by other minds. We keep free 
from the false and mortal thoughts of the world by deny- 
ing their power and influence over us. By the use of 
denial at the close of the day, we free our minds from all 
mortal thought influence ; whatever they may be, they 
come under one or other of the two leading heads, of evil 
and matter. The reality of these should also be denied. 
We then grow more spiritual and have that experience 
to assure us; we are inwardly lifted above the mortal 
atmosphere, with all its sordid influence, surrounding 
us during the day. The truth is, our individual souls 
are intermediate between the natural world of sense and 
the supernatural of spirit, and whatever may be the 
appearence, both these states are within, for they are of 
ideal conception and are mental states, otherwise they 
could have to us, no conscious existence. All outward 
appearances are merely thin crusts or shadowy veils 
concealing the invisible realities, which they but picture 
out to the sense perception; but when the fullness of 
time shall come, this outer garment will be stripped off, 
and the supernatural disrobed, and the now partially 
hidden verities and realities, that constitute the only 
substantial existence, will be seen in all their grandeur 
and beauty. This will be the "New heavens and new 
earth," which John saw in his vision,-— for the first had 
passed away. Denial will, in a marvelous manner, free 



180 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

us from the influence of this outward world of illusions, 
and likewise help us to grow into the supernatural of 
spirit. The attainment of this state of divine perfection, 
and "So become the sons of God," was the sole and ulti- 
mate purpose of our creation : and herein we are assured 
that none of the conditions of evil, as sickness, suffering 
and death can follow us into this spiritual state, they 
have no place there, as no deception or illusion can gain 
admission into this upper world of light. This state of 
divine beatitude is attainable while here in our proba- 
tionary intermediate state. What the power of denial 
will accomplish for the world, in the way of its liberation, 
no one can now foresee, but we know that many thousands 
now are winging their thoughts far out over the world 
for the destruction of error and the establishment of 
truth, and "The Word will not return void." No one can 
now glimpse the terrible ferment this will cause, when 
the accumulated thought of many thousands more shall 
combine with those already at work, in speaking, in 
silence, the word of truth to a benighted world. The 
entire thought of mankind is destined to be changed, 
the errors they now cling to will be relinquished ; the 
light will take the place of darkness, and "The earth will 
be full of the knowledge of the truth." The time will 
come when the nothingness of evil and matter as realities 
will be apparent to all minds, and all the consequences 
of human beliefs in them, will disappear with those be- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 131 

liefs. Denial, in healing self and others of acute troubles, 
is generally sufficient to remove them out of conscious- 
ness without resorting to affirmation. This machinery 
of the mind we call denial and affirmation is confined 
in the main, in their special use, to those alone who have 
been taught in the mystic use of the power of the Word; 
the outside world seem to know nothing of the process, 
by which so much is being accomplished ; nor do they 
even suspect that there are laws of mind, of which 
teachers of metaphysics, with but few exceptions, seem 
to know nothing ; their philosophy is of the plane of the 
intellect, and their treatises on the principles of moral 
science are the highest : they do not even so much as 
entertain the idea of the mighty faculties of the soul, on 
the spiritual plane, nor the power to send out thoughts 
over the world so as to reach the minds of men and effect 
them for good. They have no conception of the process 
by which receptive individuals can be treated and healed 
by mere effort of mind in thought transference. This 
is most evidently the dawning of a new day of spiritual 
light, though the streaks of light and foregleams, may 
appear somewhat tardy in their successive flashes, yet 
they make no uncertain presage that the great bright 
day is behind, coming on, and will soon burst in upon 
us in all its glorious effulgence. 

The kingdom of God is the kingdom of truth and 
kingdom of love, for "God is truth and God is love." 



132 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

Nothing outside the kingdom of God has any reality what- 
ever; it is all there is; and the will of God is the only 
law; hence Christ taught to pray or affirm, "Thy king- 
dom come, and Thy will be done in earth as in heaven." 
As sin, suffering and death cannot be conditions in any 
form in the kingdom of spirit, therefore they are not 
real states, but wholly unreal and illusion ; and denial 
will demolish even their seeming and pretentious claims. 
This is indeed part of the healing process. We regard 
spiritual things as the only real things and deny away 
every contradictory condition, because both cannot be 
real. Sickness cannot be real if mind, or spirit is all. 
It is said to be disorder, disunion and rebellion in the 
human kingdom, that is, the subaltern or under depart- 
ments of man's nature, turning from the ruling power 
within the divine spirit, and withholding that loyalty 
to the real self which is imperative, and thereby he 
becoming entangled in the lower sense nature, sin, 
suffering, sickness and death are the consequences, "In 
the day thou eatest thereof, thou shalt surely die." In 
due time, all things will be viewed in the light of truth; 
"And there is nothing covered but what shall be re- 
vealed." The mask of deception will be removed and 
everything will be seen as it is. Our work now is to re- 
move this mask by denying the deceptive appearances, 
and affirming the true state, whether it be crime or 
sickness, for both belong to the same category and 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 133 

spring from a morbid condition of mind. So permanent 
have all these deceptions become imbedded in human 
thought, that nothing but the divine power and light of. 
truth could.be even thought available to effect their dis- 
lodgment, and show them up in their absolute falsity 
and nothingness. By the power of the Word in denial 
we overcome the evil and clear it away; and by affirma- 
tion we reinstate the good. "Resist the devil and he will 
flee from you." "Little children keep yourselves from 
idols," is the teaching, of the beloved disciple. It is a 
recognized fact, as we herein have shown, that sin is at 
the bottom of all the suffering to which the race has 
fallen heir; had there never been an act of sin, in any 
form, the race would know nothing of sickness and 
suffering. Dr. Adam Clark, in his commentaries affirms 
that sin is the cause of all sickness. At the annuncia- 
tion to Mary, by the angel, he said "Thou shalt call His 
name Jesus, for He shall save His people from their 
sins ;" and the "Baptist" pointed out Jesus to his disciples, 
"As the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of the 
world." All this is plain that the saving from sin, and 
taking aw r ay sin had reference to the present time, and 
this life ; and such being true, it is no difficult task to 
reach the conclusion that all manner of sickness and 
disease among the people must in like manner go with 
their parent sin ; hence when Jesus began His great 
work of preaching and teaching, healing of every descrip- 



134 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

tion went along, as a part of His ministry. Matt, iv., 23. 
We also see in Matt, viii., 17, where it is expressly 
stated that Himself took our infirmities and bear our 
sicknesses. In the case of the sick of the palsy, it is shown 
by our Lord Himself, that forgiving sins was healing, 
and healing was forgiving sins. Luke v., 23, 24. All 
simply means lifting the man out of the lower material 
world, where sin and sickness reign, into the world 
above (spiritual) where these conditions are unknown; 
Jesus the Christ is lifted up and draws all men unto Him- 
self. In the last lesson we denied heredity, which belongs 
to the class of material beliefs, which amounted to a de- 
nial of the reality of matter, as heredity belongs to that 
class of mortal thought. In this lesson the burden of de- 
nial is against the reality of evil, in all its multitudinous 
forms, comprehended under sin, suffering and death. 
This is the condition in which the mind of the world is 
molded and petrified and is the state of depravity under 
which all are born into the world. A child has no escape, 
but must as an innocent and helpless victim, receive from 
parents and those around, nurse and playmates, into its 
blank and unfilled mini, all sorts of errors and thoughts 
about evil things, all of which are false and unreal, but 
the child has no alternative but to take them a? true ; 
surely "Ignorance is the cause of all our ills." 

All is mind, as we have shown to be one of the 
fundamental realities of this science, and whatever 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 135 

exists at all, exists in thought, and this is beyond ques- 
tion a metaphysical truism ; sin, suffering and death, 
all exist in thought, otherwise they could have no place 
in the consciousness and so have no existence. While 
we exist, or think, wholly on the plane of materiality, 
under the deceptive influences of the senses, they have 
a seeming reality, that all dread and deprecate. But 
when w r e rise above this low r er order into the dominion 
of spirit, our thoughts become spiritual, and/ this eleva- 
tion is always accomplished by rising in thought in- 
wardly ; so that from our elevated point of observation, 
we can behold and judge by the light of truth, what is, 
and what is not, truth and reality. We must again have 
recourse, to what we set forth in Lecture 1st, as to the 
source and foundation of all reality. Whatever contra- 
dicts the divine attributes therein affirmed, we are at 
liberty at all times, and under whatever shade of circum- 
stance, or influence of surroundings, to deny in toto ; for 
theae divine attributes are indisputable truth; and what- 
ever assumes to them a negative position is necessarily 
false. Whatever antagonizes, the All Love, and All 
Life, should be denied; whatever assumes to be sub- 
stance, other than the one invisible substance, which 
sustains and upholds all things, "And by which all 
things consist," we deny as real; whatever assumes 
claim to intelligence contrary to the All intelligence ; 
whatever claims power in opposition to the All power, 



188 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

we drive back by our denial ; whatever assumes a source 
of knowledge, other than the One source* we emphatically 
deny ; whatever contradicts the All presence of the All 
good, we meet with our positive denial. Each one of the 
divine attributes above named are eternal verities. The 
All Wise, All Good saw fit to project into His creation 
infinite impartations and in man the highest ; and these 
same divine essences, and their manifestation are ap- 
parent in all His works. The more steadfast we are in 
our adhesion to these truths, will seeming difficulties 
disappear as darkness goes out into nothingness, before 
the light. Their reality will grow stronger in us, in 
proportion as we are freed from the lower contradictions. 
We can free ourselves, and those it is our duty to help 
from their falseness, by denying their reality. All the 
ills of life we have been in the habit of dreading are, at 
best, but seeming states, and will disappear out of 
existence sooner or later. This all know and anxiously 
look forward to, when under their seeming power. Their 
going out of existence, or out of thought, only proves 
their nothingness, from the first; for whatever exists in 
reality is incapable of ever becoming extinct, or non- 
existent, for no real thing can ever be annihilated. So 
when we destroy these states by denial, we only dispel 
the illusion, and free the mind of errors ; and when so 
emptied, truth and healing life will flow in to fill the 
vacuum, and order and harmony thus restored means 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 137 

health and happiness ; for to accept truth in its fullness 
brings health, wisdom and power ; and to become one 
with good, is to cast the will into the will of God. 

This treatment is effectual in all cases of seeming 
difficulties and disappointments, as well as all kinds of 
influence cast upon the mind by other minds. As the 
evils herein set forth are an embodiment of all the 
hurtful things conceivable, their removal entirely out of 
thought, and the conviction of their nothingness is to 
lift a mighty burden off the heart, and give rest to the 
heavy laden. The master says, "My yoke is easy and. 
my burden is light, and ye shall find rest unto your 
souls." There is a power within, by which we can re- 
linquish our hold upon the outer life, and be freed from 
the power of bodily conditions ; that is "Put off the old 
man, with his deeds," so that "The new man, Christ 
Jesus" may be raised up in us; "Who after God, is 
created in righteousness and true holiness" ; and this is 
the inward man in the image of God. in manifestation, 
and is always one with God, and never sundered from 
Him. Therefore in treating a patient, we alone recog- 
nize this inward self, which is never diseased, or sick, 
and being immortal can never fear death. Our business 
and work, by the power of the Word, which "Is quick 
and powerful," is to call this true self into manifesta- 
tion. Paul says, ' 'Though our outward man perish, our 
inward man is renewed day by day." Since the great 



138 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER, 

falling away from the faith, and spiritual power taught 
and inculcated by Christ and his apostles, the great 
body of the world's teachers have failed to take cogni- 
zance of this divine order of the real man, which con- 
stitutes him the offspring of God. These being looked to 
and trusted, by the world, as guides and teachers have 
proven to be blind guides, and false teachers, in part, by 
their failure to preserve intact and pure, the primitive 
presentation of divine truth, and the true spiritual 
nature of the kingdom of God. The common belief of 
the world is to the effect, that redemption and saving 
power must be obtained from some external source, and 
not within ourselves ; not regarding the truth, that all 
good, that ever shows out in life, must come from the 
great fountain within. In the inmost self there is com- 
plete emancipation from all that is called sin, suffering 
and death. 

This second day's treatment is designed to remove 
these deceptions from the patient's consciousness, and 
make him, or her free from the power of sin and all its 
resultant evils, — sickness, sorrow, fear, remorse and 
death. 

1. Mary Smith, listen to me, — no belief of your 
parents in sin, suffering, and death has any power over 
you to cause you this condition you call neuralgia ; no 
error of theirs, nor fears they may entertain, nor belief 
in evil, can cause any state of disease or inharmony to 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 139 

come upon you. I deny that you are suffering, from 
their mistaken way of thinking ; you have no neuralgia. 

2. No belief, errors, or mistakes of -the whole human 
race, in accepting sin, suffering and death, as real, has 
any power over you, to cause you to suffer from that 
which you call neuralgia. I deny the reality of all such 
seeming evils. 

3. Listen to me ; no belief, or fear of your own, 
that you are under the bondage of sin, suffering, and 
death, — and that sickness is the common lot of all has 
any power to bring upon .you this condition you call 
neuralgia. I deny a)l such influence over your mind. 
I deny that you are suffering from any disorder whatever. 

4. Listen to me,— I deny the influence of all the 
people you mix and mingle with in daily life, in their 
belief in sin, suffering and death to cause you to believe 
you were suffering, from what you call neuralgia; their 
mistaken ways of thinking has no power to reflect upon 
you that which you call neuralgia; their beliefs and 
fears have no power over you to reflect that which you 
call neuralgia. I deny the reality of what you call 
neuralgia ; there is no reality in sickness. I deny that 
you have ever been disappointed, and that you have any 
fear of disappointment to cause you to suffer from what 
you call neuralgia ; you are spirit, and cannot be disap- 
pointed. I deny that you are under the influence of 
reflected deception. 



140 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

5. Listen to me, — no belief of mine in sin, suffer- 
ing, and death has any influence to cause you to suffer 
from that what you call neuralgia; my being deceived 
in anything has no power over you to reflect upon you 
that which you call neuralgia. I deny that you are 
deceived, and that deception can have any influence 
over your mind. 

Affirm. — Mary Smith, listen to me, — you are free 
from all errors. Prom God is your knowledge of truth ; 
you cannot be deceived, nor show forth any mistake or 
error. Listen to me, — your health and strength is from 
God; who is the strength of your life; you can show 
forth no weakness, or disorder, or inharmony. You are 
free from all fear of sin, suffering, or death. Your life 
is one with the one life of God. You are one with your 
source of being. All good things flow to you continually. 
God is your joy. You can have no sorrow, or regret. 
God is love ; and perfect love casteth out all fear. You 
are in one uninterrupted state of harmony; love is all 
around you, and in you; and the one life, and love 
formulate in you the perfect idea of harmony ; you are 
the embodiment of that idea ; you know the truth, and 
the "Truth makes you free." God is your father and 
your mother ; you are child of spirit ; and spirit cannot 
suffer. Listen to me,— you are the child of God ; and I 
affirm for you, that you are above all the appearances 
and seeming laws of error and matter. God is your peace. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 141 

Treating is inward teaching, and should be like con- 
versation, clearly expressed, and equally as finished. It 
is a conversation on the supernatural plain; and the 
healer's aim should be to possess a sympathetic influence 
over the mind of the patient. Of course this can be 
effected over the minds of persons you never saw. When 
your treatment is finished, affirm your work to be, all in 
God, through Christ, the all healing and saving power. 
After you are through you can, as a rule let your patient 
go, but never worry or have doubts, or fears about the 
case. Cultivate confidence in the All power of truth. 
Your great work is to cast out errors, that hold your 
patient in the unconscious mind; and remember that it 
is more blessed to give than to receive. Your strength 
going out to help the needy and weak, comes back to you 
doubly strong. "Give and it shall be given to you, good 
measure, shaken down, and running over shall be 
given into your bosom." 



Lecture IX. 

PEKSONAL EEKOES AND FAULTS. 

IN our last lesson we pursued the plan of giving a sort 
of synopsis, or general statement of the principles 
and philosophical basis set forth in Lecture Fourth, 
on what we denominate denial. In the same order a 
brief account of Lecture Fifth comes in here on affirma- 
tion, as this is the third lesson on healing. We discoursed 
in our last, briefly, on denial, and presented, in part, its 
effect upon the mind. It is very apt to cause disturbance 
within, unless the patient is in a completely passive 
state; a state of meekness and receptivity, and not 
wholly free then. Errors and beliefs long held and 
cherished will not be readily cast out, without some 
show and manifestation of resistance. These having 
settled down into the unconscious mind, as accepted 
verities, will not hold their peace and come out, without 
a struggle of some sort. The intellect, in the nonspir- 
itually developed, assumes supremacy in the make up 
of the mind, and this is true, as a general thing the 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 143 

world over ; and naturally resorts to dint of argument 
to sustain its position. The divine spirit within, in its 
enunciation of truth is almost invariably met by this 
competition for the mastery. This spirit in man 
does not have need of recourse to argumentation, in 
order to arrive at the truth, as it is always one with the 
"Spirit of truth," and therefore knows the truth. It is 
God's witness of the truth, in the heart and conscience, 
of every one of His offspring. But the natural man, on 
the plane of sense, knows nothing of spiritual truth, but 
antagonizes and even persecutes, at least in will and feel- 
ing, every claim to a higher mode of thought than the 
exercise of the intellectual power. But all things must 
sooner or later succumb to the power, of that light, that 
shineth into the darkness of the lower life and sense 
mind. There is but one mind, one life, one force, in all 
this visible universe, and the same is true of the invisible 
things. God is All; wherever there is mind, or life, or 
force, and we may add goodness, truth and love, it is 
but the manifestation of the All Spirit. This visible 
universe is nothing more than the phenomenal display, 
to our sense perception, of a mightier universe that is 
invisible. All the mighty machinery that operates the 
visible, as well as the invisible, emanates from this one 
force ; which is applied to small things, as well as great 
ones. There is but one great, broad law of the universe, 
whether exterior, or interior; and what we call natural 



144 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

laws, are but the expression of that one universal f unda- 
mental law which is the will of God. All varieties of 
mind, from lowest to highest, are but numberless displays 
of the One Mind. All life from its very lowest form, in 
the mineral and vegetable, and on up through animal 
and man, to the mightiest angel, are but distinctive dis- 
plays of the One life, of the universe. All goodness, 
truth, and love, whenever and wherever seen and felt are 
so much the essence of God, showing out in his children. 
All creation is, by evolution, and is but the out going of 
the king eternal, immortal, invisible, in His majestic 
projection, into existence by the eternal Word, by which 
all things were made. God is at every point of His 
universe simultaneously; and every movement of the 
forces receives his constant attention ; and the one life 
and mind inseparable enter into every particle of crea- 
tion, from the coarsest and most inert forms of matter, up 
through all the varied gradations of manifestation, and,, 
in the ascending scale of existence, reach their highest 
mode of manifestation, and grandest order of develop- 
ment in man, "In the image of God," who being endowed, 
with the immanent consciousness of his divine source 
must advance inwardly and upwardly, from material con- 
ditions, to the unf oldment within himself of spiritual life 
and power ; and this is the divine work, and process of 
redemption, the order which is inward and upward ; and 
at every advance movement, his earthy* mature and ap- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 145 

pendage is sloughed off, and increased spiritual strength 
with purification attend in the like proportion. When 
this is complete, it amounts to what Paul termed, "The 
circumcision of the heart and spirit." Rom. ii., 29. 
When man reaches the point and fact of regeneration, 
his upward march has begun in earnest, provided he 
perseveres faithfully ; he is on the shining way, — "The 
path of the just, which shines more and more, unto the 
perfect day," when he reaches the grand climax, the 
divine center of his being, where all is light. Redemp- 
tion always works from below upwards, and from without 
inward, and "Christ is the end of the law for righteous- 
ness, to every one that believeth." As we have said before, 
all this saving and healing power is in each and every 
one of us, an abiding principle and eternal verity, and 
is the mystery, "Which hath been hid from ages and 
generations, but is now made manifest to God's Saints, 
— Which is Christ within the hope of glory." Col. i., 26, 
27. The question may be asked, how is all this mystic 
development to be accomplished ? How may we attain 
unto this spiritual exaltation, which secures to us so 
much power, even while we tabernacle in this earthy habi- 
tation? God is just, and never requires of us more than 
he has given power to perform. We are commanded to 
"Work out our salvation with fear and trembling, for it 
is God that worketh in us to will and to do, of His own 
good pleasure." In the great work of redeeming our 



146 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

spiritual being from the trammels and bondage of sense 
and material environments, we ally ourselves with this 
divine redeeming, saving, and healing principle within ; 
and by the exercises of our thinking faculties, we work our 
way up to the point of illumination within, by reaching 
the light "That lighteth every man that cometh into the 
World." This we conceive to be the first full manifesta- 
tion of the glorious divinity, that is lodged within every 
human breast. By entering into evil ways of thinking, 
and imbibing the evil thoughts of others, we naturally 
grow evil ourselves. But on the other hand, to habitually 
think good, pure, just, and truthful thoughts, we are, in 
that measure, exalted to a higher life and existence ; 
and so form our lives and characters by thought, — "As 
a man thinketh in his heart, so is he," is the testimony 
of Solomon, in his proverbs. We do not have to make 
this struggle up the narrow way of attainment alone, as 
we are told "The spirit within helpeth our infirmities." 
As an exercise of thought power, that we may develop the 
higher spiritual powers of our being, we use affirmations, 
as a mode of self training, as all good things we desire 
are lying in rich abundance all round, but are silent and 
still, waiting our call, in order to leap forth into active 
blessings ; as in Mark xi., 24. "All things whatsoever ye 
desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and 
ye shall have them." "Ask and ye shall receive." If 
everybody would call off their minds from the low and 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 147 

perishable, that now so much engross thought and feel- 
ing, and lift themselves up in themselves into loftier 
contemplations of Being, and grow into the realization 
of the true divine heritage and spiritual dimension, 
which is man's higher nature, this condition becoming 
permanent, then this planet called earth would be in- 
habited by a higher order and race of beings. All ex- 
istence is in thought ; with each individual this is true. 
To persist in low thinking brings on a low, and degraded 
state of mind and life. To constantly engage in the 
exercise of all noble and exalted thoughts will surely 
lift us to a higher life and existence. It is one of the 
di\ine laws of mind, or spiritual metaphysics, that af- 
firming is asking, and believing is receiving ; and the 
more simple we can view this process, the more readily 
can we realize its wonderfulness and power. The spoken 
Word in affirmation, opens the door of the whole store- 
house of good. "Behold I stand at the door and knock, 
if any man will open I will come in and sup with him 
and he with me." In the hurry of life, and the complete 
occupancy of the mind by the things that respond ex- 
clusively to the sense life, man is seldom brought to a 
pause sufficiently long to take an introspective view of 
his interior life and capabilities. All seem so opposite 
to the old mode of viewing everything as measured out 
to him, by the metes and bonds of intellectual attain- 
ment, and that circumscribed in large measure by th§ 



148 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

limitations of time and space. The present age is so 
grossly enveloped in material concerns, that little, or 
no thought is given to the development of man's higher 
powers of being. To speak of that spiritual nature, 
which is immanent in all God's offspring, and capable 
of unlimited growth and development, is equivalent to 
speaking to them in a dead language; because "The 
natural man receiveth not the spiritual things of God." 
But to consider that "The fashion of this world passeth 
away," and that there is nothing in all the outward, 
which are but appearances at most, upon which the long- 
ing soul can rest its weary wings, the human mind will 
naturally turn its course in another direction to find 
something substantial, as a safeguard and refuge. The 
spiritual highway, though straight and narrow is ever 
open to the patient seeker after truth. "Seek and y e 
shall find." And the voice of inspiration is, "Eye hath 
not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath the heart of man 
conceived the things that God hath laid up for them 
that love Him, but He hath revealed them to us by His 
Spirit." All these spiritual riches, in large measure, are 
in store for us now, to be possessed and enjoyed, in this 
present life ; they are all round us, and in us waiting 
our call, that they may be manifested and realized, in 
wonderful fullness. "To be spiritually minded is life 
and peace." By our thought influence, upon receptive 
minds, we are able, likewise to help them, in the conflict 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 149 

with evil and error, to rise out of the fog and darkness, 
into the clear sunlight of eternal truth. On the higher 
plane of spirituality attainable, by all in this life, the 
divine communism is the grand order of Being, and "No 
maniiveth to himself, and none says ought is his own," 
for love hath nothing of her own, and love reigns there. 
In that celestial atmosphere, selfishness, the fruitful 
mother of the sins of the race has no place nor existence ; 
personality is left behind, as the earthy and mortal ap- 
pendage ; sin, suffering, fear, remorse, anxiety, disap- 
pointment, jealousy, envy, hatred, pain, and death itself 
are ruled out of thought, as the unreal things, of a 
former and lower mode of existence ; for all these seem- 
ing ills, under which humanity groans, are utterly im- 
possible, in that realm of harmony and peace. 

In this third day's treatment, we have the task before 
us of eradicating, from the patient's unconscious mind, 
those errors, that in a large measure make up the very 
existence of the whole mass of nonspiritually unillumi- 
nated beings around us, who are endowed, in the inmost 
depths of their being, with wonderful powers and capa- 
bilities, yet are held down by the clanking chains of 
material beliefs, to the recognition of the limited sphere 
of that outer life, as a condition inevitable, and thrust 
upon all alike, as the direful result of the action of two 
human beings, accredited as the progenitors of the 
human family ; who with ruthless hand reached forth 



150 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and partook of that which had been positively inhibited 
by the author of their being. Belief in inherited 
depravity as a state, to which all must succumb, together 
with its long train of evils, fastens itself upon the mind 
of the child, in very early life, when it has no escape 
from the errors that are cherished as dread realities by 
its parents and those it is constantly coming in contact 
with, and by the whole human race. And thus human 
beings grow up to maturity with these beliefs fixed in 
them and firmly lodged in the unconscious mortal mind, 
the receptive reservoir of the common errors of humanity. 
We do not deny the prevalence of all this, on the lower, 
or earthy plane, and while we concede they do obtain 
there, we from the spiritual standpoint deny the reality 
of the whole plane itself, regarding all as illusions, we 
sweep them away into their domain of nonentity. This 
brings up the presentation of a condition that always 
produces conflict in the mind of the patient, as every one 
has two selves, or states of thought, one unreal, the 
other real, one mortal, the other immortal, one natural 
the other spiritual. And this natural is the first, and 
then the spiritual, which is the inward man, the only 
recognized self which is always free from all the ills of 
mortality, and being, though finite, always one with God, 
is never sick or unhappy. But this pretender, the natural 
man, puts forth his claims to consideration, which of 
course are denied ? and as the intellect is its highest pre- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 151 

sentation, it will by argument naturally put forth its 
claims to supremacy. But in treating we address our 
thought exclusively to the divine self and call it into man- 
ifestation, and negative and ignore the other self 
altogether, as the occasion of all errors and suffering, we 
hope to be particeps in relieving the patient from. 

We come now to make the attack upon the fortifica- 
tion of the patient's own error mind, in which is con- 
tained all the disagreeable conditions that she is so 
anxious to be freed from ; and right here I will state that 
bad states of mind produce bad states of body, illness 
and discord, as a state of mind produces alike condition 
of body ; disease of body is but the natural outshowing 
of indwelling errors of mind. It is said fear is a strong 
producer of inflammation and brings on closing and 
weakening of all the vital forces ; making the whole 
system an easy prey to any disease, that is dreaded by 
self, or others around. Extreme anger in youth is apt 
to show out in after life, as softening of the brain, palpi- 
tation of the heart, or suppression in part of the action 
of the lungs. Selfishness is the prolific generator of 
many ills ; it strains the functions, and the liver, stomach, 
and digestion are the victims. Physicians will tell you 
that a majority of diseases are caused by impaired action 
of the liver. Paralysis is said to be often caused by the 
over strained exertion of the will to rule and have one's 
own way regardless of the wishes of others. And so it is 



152 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

all kinds of uncomely and disordered mental states pro- 
duce their poisonous fruits, in the form of physical dis- 
ease, as the physical is inseparably interwoven into the 
mental of every organized human being ; and is the out 
picturing of its inward condition; and in reality the 
whole body is but the organ and machine of the mind, 
the visible representing the invisible and wholly sub- 
servent to it. Here is an appalling array of errors to 
be introduced to your patient, one or more of which may 
be the cause of her neuralgia ; but as it is not expected 
for the healer to know which, they must all be denied 
away, to make sure of the ones causing the harm. They 
are all harbored in the mortal, error mind, and grow 
and flourish there, and nowhere else ; and as this error 
mortal mind is nothing in reality, so all these are nothing 
in reality. Selfishness is the bottom stratum of iniquity, 
and springing out of it are jealousy, and pride, avarice 
and malice, envy and hatred, and following these revenge, 
or a desire to recompense evil for evil. These are in 
part projections upon others; then there are those that 
work inwardly upon ourselves such as fear, remorse, 
disappointment, anxiety, despair, forebodings of evil, and 
dread of death, and many others growing out of these ; 
all of which the All Wise, and All Good, and All Love 
never designed to mar and torment his children with. 
But all the great purposes of revelation, redemption, 
and the gospel were promulgated to lift them up out of 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 153 

this mire and clay of material beliefs, and place their 
feet upon the rock of truth ; and put into their mouths 
the song of peace and harmony. When treating a 
patient we work on a higher plane than that of intel- 
lectual mind ; abstracting from all things outward, we 
indraw our thoughts to the divine ethereal plane and in 
this realm of life all things in the universe exist, and in 
it all things live and move and have being ; it is the 
universal life, from which all existing things draw life ; 
it is the life principle of the suns, moons, and planets, 
and all the stars in their courses receive their momentum 
from it. It is the one vital principle from which all 
things, whether mineral, vegetable, animal, or, human 
draw vitality. In it all minds operate and all thoughts 
go forth ; and all minds receive from it, and give form 
and qualtiy to it; and it is the bond of union of all 
minds and souls, so that operating in it the thoughts 
of one mind can be sent straight into the interior or 
unconscious mind of another, to work, not only healing 
benefits, but likewise mental and spiritual elevation. 
It is the healing balm, the elixir of life, the living 
substance upon which all things subsist. It is the lowest 
and most outward manifestation of the Holy Spirit. 
Having thus explained the divine nature and source of 
all this work, we will now proceed to treatment of 
patient for that seeming disorder she calls neuralgia. 
It is altogether reasonable to hope that she must feel 



154 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

somewhat improved and much stronger, from the treat- 
ment given on the two previous days. She is in a passive 
state of mind, and quiet and receptive to what good there 
is in store for her; and she is very full of hope. 

Say to her (silently) all my work for good is under the 
guiding influence of the divine spirit within me. Mary 
Smith, listen to me. 

1. No selfishness, jealousy, pride, avarice, malice, 
envy, nor hatred held by your parents has any influence 
over you to cause you to show out that condition you call 
neuralgia; and no fear, remorse, disappointment, 
anxiety, forebodings of evil, and dread of death enter- 
tained by your parents has any influence over you to 
cause you to show out that condition you call neuralgia. 

2. Listen to me, — No selfishness, jealousy, pride, 
avarice, malice, envy, nor hatred held by the whole 
race has any influence over you, to cause you to show 
out that condition you call neuralgia ; and no fear, 
remorse, disappointment, anxiety, despair, forebodings 
of evil, and dread of death entertained by the race 
has any influence over you to cause you to show out that 
condition you call neuralgia. 

3. Listen to me, no selfishness, jealousy, pride, 
avarice, malice, envy, nor hatred held by yourself has 
any influence over you to cause you to show out that 
condition you call neuralgia; and no fear, remorse, 
disappointment, anxiety, despair, forebodings of evil, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 155 

and fear of death entertained by yourself has any 
influence over you to cause you to show out that condi- 
tion you call neuralgia. 

4. Listen to me, — no selfishness, jealousy, pride, 
avarice, malice, envy, nor hatred held by those around 
you has any influence over you to cause you to show 
out that condition you call neuralgia ; and no fear, 
remorse, disappointment, anxiety, despair, forebodings 
of evil, and dread of death entertained by those 
around you has any influence over you to cause you 
to show out that condition you call neuralgia; no 
influence of association has any power over you ; you 
are not subject to other people's error minds ; you have 
no neuralgia. 

5. Listen to me, — no selfishness, jealousy, envy, 
pride, avarice, malice, nor hatred held by me has 
any influence over you to cause you to show out that con- 
dition which you call neuralgia ; and no fear, remorse, 
diappointment, anxiety, despair, forebodings of evil, and 
dread of death entertained by me has any influence 
over you to cause you to show out that condition you call 
neuralgia ; no error held by me can be reflected upon 
you. Listen to me, — I deny that you are selfish ; you are 
not jealous, nor proud, and you have no malice, no 
avarice ; you do not cherish envy, nor hatred towards 
any ; you are spirit, and spirit has no fear, neither re- 
morse, nor disappointment, you are not anxious about 



156 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

anything; as you know you will have all you shall ever 
need, you are not of a despairing disposition, and you 
have no fear of evil, nor of death. Listen to me, — I here 
and now proclaim your real self divine and all, and 
your mortal and error self nothing. You are spirit, 
and as such free from all those errors and illusions 
of the mortal self, you are in the truth and the truth 
makes you free. I proclaim you free. Your life is 
one with tne All life ; and the healing life of God is 
the power always present to heal ; you are one with 
God and show out the divine perfection and harmony. 
God is love ; and you receive the inflowing of love con- 
tinually. Love is the essence of your life ; perfect love 
casteth out all fear; you are wholly free from fear. 
Your will is one with the divine will. You are full of 
truth and love ; and you have the peace that passeth 
understanding. 

All this is very long, but it is the most important of 
all the six day's treatment ; as it is the assault made 
upon the strong hold of error, and the citadel of the 
patient's own mortal mind self ; and the reduction and 
conquest is designed to be complete. 



Lecture X. 

FEAR 

I /E begin this lesson with a brief account of the 
\XJ Word, by which power the work of healing and 
helping, in many ways ourselves and others, is 
accomplished. It is not of human discovery, invention, 
or device, nor the outgrowth of human intellect. This 
is not a new theme ; but is older than creation. But 
this latter day presentation, being somewhat novel, when 
viewed from the stand-point of the old habit of thinking, 
demands a more specific and exact explanation, as to 
the nature of the agency, by which all this work of 
good, which is the subject of so much criticism by the 
unilluminated, is performed. In the old testament 
scriptures we read much about the word of the Lord 
coming to the prophets and olden time teachers of man- 
kind, as the enunciation of the will of God. It was the 
speaking principle in the prophets and teachers, by 
which the world received the divine messages. All cre- 
ation was and is the product of its power and out going. 



158 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

The bible in itself is not the Word, but is accepted as the 
best and most complete exposition of the living Word 
ever given to the world. Speech, or the human voice in 
articulation, is not the Word, but is when uttered in truth, 
the sounding out of the Word that "He that hath ears to 
hear" may hear. "In the beginning was the Word and 
the Word was with God, and the Word was God." "All 
things were made by Him, and without Him was not 
anything made that was made." John i., 3. Jesus Christ 
was the embodiment and manifestation of the Word and 
thereby became the type and pattern of all mankind. 
It is variously denominated the Word of God, the Word 
of truth, and the Word of life. Christ said, "My Word 
shall never pass away." In Isaiah, God said, "My Word 
shall not return unto me void, but shall accomplish that 
which I please, and prosper in the thing whereunto I 
have sent it." It is styled by the Apostle Paul, "The 
Word of faith, which we preach." The Word of God is 
called the sword of the spirit. By it Christ sent His 
saving and healing power, into the very life of every one 
He healed. The seventy sent out by Him to preach and 
heal returned rejoicing that even the spirits were subject 
to them through His Word. Christ prayed the Father 
that His followers might be "Sanctified through His 
truth, His Word is truth." This power of the Word is 
the instrumentality by which Christ is to "Put down all 
authority and power ;" and by this sharp sword, — "The 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 159 

rod of His mouth," — "with which He smites the earth." 
Isaiah xi., 4. It is the "Spirit of His mouth, with which 
the Lord shall consume the wicked." II Thes. ii., 8. And 
the "Sharp sword, with which He shall smite the nations, 
and rule them with a rod of iron." Kev. xix., 15. All 
this of course is of mystical and spiritual signification, 
and implies, not only the complete overthrow of the 
present political conditions, but also the complete 
destruction of all kinds of evil, and harmful states, 
engendered by belief in matter, as the one chief reality 
of existence, embracing all sinful, sensual and selfish 
proclivities engendered by the sense life. 

Christ's kingdom is to "Fill all things ;" and what- 
ever is not included in it, but is no part of it, and wholly 
outside of it, will be "The chaff, that will be burned with 
fire unquenchable." This divine instrumentality for the 
carrying out the all wise and majestic purposes of the 
creator and preserver of all things, is not confined to a 
few chosen ones, as prophets, apostles, evangelists and 
teachers, but is "The manifestation of the spirit given to 
every man to profit withal." I Cor. xii., 8. And is a 
divine power awaiting in every one the unfoldmentfrom 
within of the sleeping divinity there. As all are God's 
offspring, all must be endowed with a divine nature 
somewhere. Although man is a finite being, he must 
have a spiritual nature capable of infinite development ; 
it is a prevailing law, that like begets like ; the material 



160 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

hewn out of the rock is the same as the rock. Isaiah iv., 1. 
To use the word for the good of self and others, it is 
necessary to be, to some extent, spiritually minded ; and 
the faculty of intuition developed in a degree, for the 
more spiritual we are the more faith we have, as faith is 
a spiritual exercise, and "All things are possible to him 
that believeth." The Word is a swift messenger and 
can be sent forth on the swift wings of thought, to help 
the weary and heavy laden. We may never know in 
what heart and mind it may find an abiding lodgment, 
but it will give back in duplicate measure of good, and 
strengthening power into the heart and mind of the one 
that gave it impulsion and sent it on its errand of peace 
and good will. In our healing work we use the Word, as 
we taught in the early part of these lectures, in denial 
and affirmation. When on ourselves we soon realize its 
mysterious effects and benefits, as a part of our personal 
experience. When used on others, as receptive patients, 
who comply with the required conditions, the same rich 
benefits and healing work is accomplished for them in 
like manner. We are all particles and fragments of the 
one All, that "Pills all things;" and are individual 
entities of the All, and never in our inmost separated 
therefrom; and when this inward self is present and in 
full manifestation the old self is subdued and Christ 
within is the manifested divinity, or "God manifested in 
the flesh." He is the manifested Word; and therefore 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 161 

we have all the potencies of this Word m us, as far as 
our finite nature can employ. The apostle says, The 
Word is nigh thee, and in thy heart, and in thy mouth, 
and thus the Word is made flesh and dwells in us. We 
are not the frail and helpless creatures, we have been 
taught to believe ; we are not shorn of all power to ac- 
complish the great possibilities within our reach, but are 
wonderfully endowed in our inmost, in order that the 
great end of our being may be realized by us, in the 
formation of character for high place, in "The great to 
Be." The Word spoken in the truth and according to the 
divine will brings that for which it is sent forth. It is the 
messenger that never returns empty. To speak help lo 
others becomes a means of help to ourselves; to speak 
words of healing to others brings healing to us ; to send 
it out on missions of good is sure to bring a rich return 
of good to ourselves. It shall accomplish that for which 
it was sent and never returns void. It is the message of 
God gone out into all the earth; "The sound that has 
gone out into all lands." It is "The still small voice" 
louder than the thunder peal proclaiming "Good tidings 
to the meek, healing to the broken hearted, liberty to the 
captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are 
bound." Isaiah lxi., 1. It is the speech of the heavens 
declaring the glory of God. It is the voice of the firma- 
ment showing forth his handiwork. It is the voice of the 
silence speaking to man in solitude. It is the voice of 



162 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

the spirit in every human breast warning against evil 
and teaching of a higher destiny awaiting the children 
of the one great parent. By its power the present un- 
sightly and deplorable state of the world is to be con- 
sumed, and a higher order of existence inaugurated. It 
is the power by which the human race is to be disen- 
thralled and freed from the chains that now hold them 
fast bound to the ''Earth earthy conditions." It will 
finally achieve "The restitution of all things," and give 
us a new heaven and a new earth, wherein dwelleth 
righteousness." It is the voice of the spirit and the 
bride, that says come. It is the voice of Him that spake 
as never man spake, "And His Word shall never pass 
away." 

Thought transference is the process by which one 
mind is enabled to act upon another, and is an interior 
communication, by one mind with another. It is no 
new power, but has, as a law of mind, been overlooked in 
general until of recent years. It goes generally, or 
specially wherever mind is in a state of activity; as 
thought is mind in motion. Its philosophy and modus 
operandi however have until recently been but little 
understood, save by the adepts and mystics of the race, 
who have in the main, in all ages of the world lived apart 
from mankind. Thought transference is a feature of the 
oriental wisdom, which is at this time being promulgated 
to considerable extent in Europe and America. Many 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 163 

strange social phenomena can be accounted for by it. 
It exerts a strong influence towards molding public 
opinion, and lowering, or raising the standard of society. 
It is mind communing with mind on the plane of the 
silence ; and works to good or bad ends according to the 
character of the thoughts sent forth. Much harm and 
mischief is done, by unsuspecting minds taking into 
their very life the most deleterious thought influences 
coming from minds replete with evil and error, showing 
out in evil character, or disease and suffering, and some- 
times all in the same unfortunate subject. It is the atmos- 
phere in w T hich epidemics travel ; and by it contagions 
are imparted. But on the other hand it is the bearer 
of the healing and saving power of the Word. Thought 
transference is the method by which treatments are given 
both present and absent ; and by continual work, and 
by concentration, and inward focalization its power is 
greatly augmented. 

This fourth healing lesson comes in very appro- 
priately, after giving first lesson on heredity and 
sensuality (material) ; second on sin, suffering and 
death (belief in evil) ; and third the patient's own state 
of involvement in the common errors that are accepted 
as realities, on the earthly and sensuous plane of 
thought. Fear springs out of selfishness and is one 
of its strongest phases, as it regards chiefly that in 
which self is in some way concerned. Fear arises out 



164 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

of a belief of danger or harm at hand, or to transpire at 
some future time. Its home is in the unconscious 
mortal mind; but when harm is threatened, it quickly 
awakes to consciousness. It is the prolific product of 
many diseases ; as it has the effect of weakening, and 
when sudden and intense, partially suspending the 
whole machinery of the human organization, and some- 
times causes death, as people are occasionally frightened 
to death. Fear has many phases and enters in some 
measure into nearly every transaction of life : and is not 
without benefit when it is modified into caution and 
prudence, as dictates of the better judgment. It has a 
limiting effect and is bound up in matter, believes in it 
and dreads its power. In many of its states it is debas- 
ing and degrading ; it is the foundation of cowardice 
and all servile feelings. It is the opposite of bravery, 
enterprise, effort, in any given undertaking, and of 
independence and nobleness of mind. Fear is the 
enemy to growth and development ; and certainly works 
to paralyze all kinds of operations, whether in relation 
to human effort, or as affecting the human organization. 
It is classed in scripture with the most degrading states 
of wickedness, to wit, "The fearful, the unbelieving, the 
abominable, the idolatrous, murderers," etc. Kev. xxi., 
8. The fear of death is set forth as a state of bondage. 
The ills and disagreeable states that result from a state 
of fear are certainly too numerous to detail, if such a 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 165 

task were possible, as their name is legion. No wonder 
there is so much misery, woe and want in the world, 
because there is so much fear. To free any one's mind 
from fear is to relieve them of a great burden indeed, 
as the freeeing them from this passion would carry 
with it the freedom from so many evil results that 
spring from it. It is the practice of many healers to 
treat against it almost entirely. We would advise it in 
every case where the real cause of the trouble is not 
known to be something else. In all acute cases deny 
away fear, as the sole treatment, and affirm the presence 
of love, which is its antidote ; as "Perfect love casteth 
out all fear." The same plan of treatment is carried 
out, as in the three former, — to wit, the five sources of 
error. There are two kinds of fear, to be dealt with ; 
one is a noisy kind, which shows considerable excite- 
ment; the other is the dull, paralyzed, death sort. The 
former, — that is the noisy kind, should be treated with 
quiet coolness ; the healer's state of thought should be 
just the opposite to that of the patient's excited con- 
dition ; the patient being passive and the healer active, 
the sphere of the healer's mind enters into that of the 
patient, who being wrought upon, by the active influence 
of the healer's thoughts becomes quiet and free from 
fear,— and is healed. But on the other hand the dull, 
sullen, still kind should be treated with vigorous energy, 
so as to rouse the patient from the low state, into which 



166 CHEISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

fear has brought him, into the opposite condition, 
sufficiently to restore the normal condition, and thus 
set up harmony throughout the whole system. In all 
your work as a healer you will find only two classes of 
cases to deal with, — chronic and acute. Chronic cases 
are those, generally, which are of long standing, and of 
a lingering type, coming and going ; such are often by 
faithful and patient effort caused to yield readily to the 
supremacy of truth, and to the great joy of the patient 
likewise. Acute cases are those that arise suddenly and 
unexpectedly, either from accident, such as a fall, burn 
or blow, or any kind of unlooked for hurt ; or those cast 
upon the patient by the thoughts of others, which are 
not generally very deep seated. In treating acute cases 
by denying away fear, it is always proper to name the 
disease, that the fear has caused ; but in the treatment 
of chronic cases it is considered better not to mention 
the disease, as it frequently involves the going over a 
multitude of errors held in the unconscious mind, in 
order to reach the one bearing the nearest relation to the 
disorder complained of; but endeavor to drive them all 
out, by the denial of fear. Acute cases yield readily 
to treatment, when the conditions are all favorable ; but 
for beginners there is a severe test, in most cases, of 
their confidence in the power of truth. But no healer 
should shrink from duty ; and be sure you entertain no 
fear yourself to intensify the patient's fears; deny away 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHEE AND HEALER. 167 

fear in yourself as a suitable preparation for the work 
you are going to undertake. 

The subject of chemicalization must of necessity come 
in here, as the course of treatment you have been giving, 
the three past days, and more especially the last day, is 
very apt to produce a state of affairs, to all surface ap- 
pearances, very unfavorable to a speedy recovery. To 
the patient it would seem instead of getting well, his con- 
dition is decidedly worse, all the symptoms seem to 
show themselves in an aggravated form, and besides 
many other old and forgotten troubles will come up fresh 
in memory, together with their symptoms, all combining 
to produce in the patient a condition anything but hope- 
ful ; and in healer anything but encouraging, unless he 
has experience, in which case all is of the most encourag- 
ing character, as he is thereby assured that his work has 
to some extent been effectual, as the old sediments of 
error and, belief in evil and matter have been brought 
to the surface, ready to be removed entirely, by the suc- 
ceeding treatments. Chemicalization is usual after 
this third day's treatment, on account of the denials of 
certain states of thought the patient was holding in the 
mortal error mind and regarded by that mind as real 
states; so when the healing word struck deep— "Quick 
and powerful" — the mortal mind, with its storehouse of 
errors, must make a show of resistance, hence the ferment 
as a natural result. Our experience in every day life 



168 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

will teach us this much, men holding to certain notions, 
be they never so erroneous, will seldom relinquish them 
without argument and show of resistance. I will here 
state that the make up of the interior mind, whether 
characterized by truth or error is clearly indexed by the 
character of the outer life ; if error in the main rules 
within, the outer life will show out that state of thought 
and the physical conditions will be greatly involved^ in 
the form of disease ; but if "Truth in the inward parts" 
has undisputed sway, it will likewise be indicated by the 
manner of life. Now this chemicalization must be gen- 
erated in the unconscious mind by the conflict between 
truth and error ; this last struggling to hold his place as 
"The strong man armed," when truth, "A stronger than 
he shall come upon him and overcome him, and spoil 
his house." "When a strong man armed keepeth his 
palace his goods are in peace ; but when a stronger than 
he shall come upon him and overcome him, he taketh 
from him all his armor, wherein he trusted and divideth 
his spoils." Luke xi., 22. There is one fact philosoph- 
ically certain, truth and error can have no fellowship ; 
and therefore cannot occupy the same place at the same 
time. "Truth is mighty and will prevail." Chemicaliza- 
tion may come from first or second treatment, or it may 
come later than the third, and may not be in the severe 
form indicated above, but may be so mild as not to be 
detected, especially if patient is asleep. It is said that 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 169 

it may not come all at once, but phases of it at intervals 
and far a part, — reading certain books may produce it. 
A learned writer and physician says, "Four different 
long cured phases of disease were reproduced during 
my earnest and prolonged study of this subject." — Dr. 
Holcomb, of New Orleans. 

Chemicalization in some form is sure to come at some 
time ; but it is advisable never to hint the subject to the 
patient before hand, as that of itself might induce it. 
Always await the event, and if patient never mentions 
it, see to it that you do not ; for thereby your work may 
be hastened and your results more satisfactory. 

Healers should cultivate confidence in the principle 
of truth, and suffer no phase of the case to shake them 
with fear, and no extraneous influence to swerve them 
from meeting any contingency, facing any exigency, or 
performing any act clearly in the line of duty. What- 
ever chemicalization may be defined to be, it arises from 
a conflict between good and evil, truth and error, health 
and disease, life and death. 

This treatment is introduced to remove fear out of 
the patient's mind, and thereby lull and quiet all the 
disagreeable, but harmless symptoms; as the removal 
of fear would work to that end more effectually than 
any other form or mode of treatment, for this condition 
must be one having in it largely the element of fear. 
In any case of sudden or unexpected alarm, or arising 



170 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

of fear from any seeming cause whatever, or any stage 
of treatment, even in following the plan in the preced- 
ing lecture, should a disordered state suddenly appear 
the manner of treatment should be changed to that of 
fear; and inmost cases where you are called upon to 
give treatment without yet having learned the partic- 
ulars, which is much the case when the patient is absent, 
and you have not yet had an interview, to learn the 
particular errors and beliefs holding him, you treat 
against fear. Fear enters so largely into all mortal 
conditions that it would be rare indeed to find a case in 
which it did not exert a degree of influence. When you 
have longer experience and the forms we have given 
you have been in part overleaped, by higher understand- 
ing, and discernment and intuition become the guiding 
principle, you will then discover how much you will 
have to fight against this condition called fear. While 
we may justly say selfishness is the substratum of all 
sins, we can with equal justice say fear is the substratum 
of all disease; springing as it does out of the sinful 
state. So we think the treatment against fear the one 
needed in the above case, to clear away the last vestige 
that remains of the old stirred up mortal errors and 
illusions, that the patient had all along believed in as 
realities, in the form of neuralgia or some other seeming 
trouble. This treatment against fear is the fourth in 
order according to the plan of these lessons on healing; 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 171 

and in acute cases you treat exclusively against fear 
as above indicated. 

Your patient now before you and receptive you will 
enter into the spirit of your work by saying : God is in 
me a present life and healing power, and his word goes 
forth through me and his truth makes you free. Mary 
Smith listen to me : — 

1. You have no fear, you are not in a state of fear- 
fulness ; your parents believing in fear has no power to 
cast fear upon you; you are not at all frightened; you 
have no fear. 

2. No belief that the whole race of man has in fear 
as a common feeling or passion has any influence what- 
ever over your mind to bring in upon you that condition 
called fear. The race having fear cannot cause you to 
have any fear ; you are not afraid. 

3. Listen to me, — no conception or belief of your 
own self in fear can bring fear upon you; you are spirit 
and divine and cannot have fear, or anything savoring of 
fear; spirit has nothing to fear; you have no fear. 

4. Listen to me, — no fears of the people you come 
in contact with in every day life has any influence over 
you to make you have fear, or be afraid ; those sur- 
rounding you and believing in fear have no power to 
reflect fear upon you. Nobody's mind has any power 
over your mind. You do not take on any condition of 
fear from those around you. 



172 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

5. No fear I may cherish can be cast upon you; 
you do not take on any condition of fear from me ; I 
am not afraid on your account ; I do not in thought sug- 
gest any fear to you ; you have no fear whatever. 

Affirmation — Listen to me, — you are ever in the 
presence of good ; good is all about you and nothing 
but good. Your trust is ever in the good. Your life 
and all that is in you is one with the good all the time. 
You have constantly in you the one healing life and 
power of God. God is your strength. God is love ; you 
aie surrounded by love continually; "Perfect love 
casteth out all fear." Love makes you joyful. Love 
makes your whole life flow on in perfect harmony. 
Your life is the very harmony of love. You have the 
peace of God ; and can fear nothing that has occurred. 
You are free from the fear of anything that you think 
has happened. God is with you; no harm can come 
to you; He is ever round and about you to shield you 
from all harm. Listen to me, — you are free from all 
pain or care; you have no anxiety. You are peaceful, 
calm and happy ; you rest in God's love ; you rest in 
God's peace. 

The whole purpose of this treatment is to cast out 
fear from the patient's mind and bring in love to fill up 
the vacuum. "Love worketh no ill, therefore love is the 
fulfilling of the law," and all healing is strictly the work 
of law but all law finds its highest culmination in love. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 173 

As truth is the supremest mode of thought, love is 
the supremest mode of feeling and is the richest essence 
of the divine mother principle of the whole universe. 



Lecture XL 

CONFUSION AND INHAEMONY. 

FAITH is that principle of the heart and center of 
life that molds and orders character and destiny. 
What a man believes he thinks, and what he thinks 
he is. It is a power wonderful and commanding in its 
exercise ; great things have been promised upon its con- 
dition ; and it doubtless would work wonders, now as in 
olden times, were men under the same inspirational 
influence, and willing to accept the spiritual teaching of 
Christ and his apostles as in their primitive promulga- 
tion. But the whole state of Christendom has lapsed into 
a state of spiritual impotency, to the extent of the fear- 
ful disparagement of the power and blessedness that was 
clearly set forth in its first enunciation. Were one of 
the saints of the first century who passed away under 
the full power and effulgence of the primitive gospel to 
arise from the dead and walk the earth, he would early 
conclude, that anew and inferior Christianity had super- 
ceded the old, and what of the pure metal still remained 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 175 

was fearfully alloyed with the baser metals of rational 
and material beliefs. Faith is an imbuement and works 
and perceives alone on the spiritual plane. Of course 
there is plenty of faith and belief on the rational plane 
for rational purposes ; but that is not the faith of this 
inspired teaching, through which saving and healing 
life comes. Faith is not the result of a process of reason- 
ing, but is a divine intuitive perceiving ; it is in one 
aspect a settled principle and in a spiritual sense a state 
to be attained to, and grow to, and more and more, into, 
as the whole life and mind becomes spiritual. Faith is 
the bond of friendship between God and man. Abraham, 
the great example of faith, was called the friend of God. 
Jesus said to His disciples, "Ye are my friends, if ye do 
whatsoever I command you." John xv., 14. Thus show- 
ing their faith by their works. Faith is the mighty link 
or ligament in religion, that binds back the sundered 
soul to God. It brings into real possession and enjoy- 
ment all the exceeding great and precious promises of 
revelation. Faith is a check on the bank of heaven, 
already endorsed by Jesus Christ, and is never dis- 
honored. Faith in the power of truth enables us to heal 
and bless ourselves ; and as a divine instrument to heal 
and bless receptive patients. The absence of faith on the 
part of healer or patient is very apt to result in failure ; 
without faith it is impossible to please God. The whole 
eleventh chapter of Hebrews is devoted to the subject 



176 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

of faith; showing forth the most distinguished examples 
of its efficacy and power. It is clearly conceived by a 
large proportion of thinking people of both hemispheres, 
who are spiritually minded and are observant of the 
signs and development of the times, that a movement 
of the mental and spiritual forces clearly point to a 
speedy return to the faith once delivered to the saints. 
Some of the apostolic writings set forth, by prophetic 
forecast, the great falling away from the faith and power 
of the gospel and the revelation of the mystery of 
iniquity that was then already at work. So very many of 
the spiritually prescient of this time are in expectation of 
great spiritual awakening, and the kingdom of God com- 
ing with power at no distant time; "When Zion shall 
arise and shine, for her light is come and the glory of 
the Lord is risen upon her." The night is far spent ; 
the day is at hand ; the orient is already growing radiant 
with the beams of the sun of righteousness which is 
rising, "With healing in her wings. All the realities of 
existence are invisible, and all the great forces are silent 
but unerring in their operations, in carrying out the 
stupendous conceptions of the divine mind in the pro- 
jection of Being into existence. All the primary forces 
are spiritual and invisible; all visible and material 
forces are at most, secondary, as all outward things are 
but the outshowing of inward states and movements. 
This is true of the macrocosmic universe and is likewise 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 177 

true of the microcosmic humanity ; as man in the make 
up of his organic structure is a miniature manifestation 
of the whole universe ; and whatever are the infinite, 
invisible forces at work in the universe, in like manner 
are the finite invisible forces at work in the human 
kingdom. Eemember all is mind, whether in the 
macrocosm, or microcosm. This argument is all along 
introduced so as to present to thinking minds the true 
cause of all the ills and miseries that blight humanity, 
and in so many instances make life and existence gifts 
unworthy the hand that bestows them. But there is a 
remedy at hand for all this deplorable state of the race 
and a certain and efficient means of amelioration to any, 
who are willing to have their feet taken out of the mire 
and clay of matter, and placed on the rock of spiritual 
truth; and then the new song will be, — "Old things have 
passed away, behold all things are new." 

Esoterically speaking there are but two generalized 
states of thought, each, however, varying vastly in de- 
gree, according to development in the one or other ; 
there are distinctive degrees, or planes of each, mani- 
festing different stages or degrees of growth. Accord- 
ing to the premise that all is mind, and everything is 
the result of this thinking principle, everything that 
exists is in some mode the result of thought power. 
Man, a conscious being, and wonderfully made, has it 
in himself, by the workings of his own mind and will, to 



178 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

drift downward, lower and lower in the scale of deprav- 
ity, until be reaches, in the last analysis and finale of a 
persistent and downward career, that state of negation 
figuratively denominated outer darkness and bottomless 
pit. But on the other hand by the freedom of his will, 
he has it in himself, and by the power lodged within his 
inmost life and being, to rise in the scale of human 
development to unlimited possibilities in states of in- 
finite progression, and to orders of spiritual unfoldment 
immeasurable by the most far-reaching and extended 
grasp of finite minds. Jesus, in his wonderful teach- 
ings laid down but two ways, the broad and easy way, 
that leadeth to destruction, and the narrow and difficult 
way that leadeth unto life. As we have said before, 
" All is Mind," and everything that has any existence at 
all exists in thought; and thus we have presented to us 
by the great Master of teachers and teaching, the two 
states of mind ; the two modes of thought ; whereby is 
demonstrated the vastly diverse results of mind on the 
plane of its choice. Will is the momentum of the mind 
on the plane of its activities ; and choice always springs 
out of the will ; and every one is free to make choice 
of the manner of life he will live and the plane of 
existence on which he will exercise his freedom of 
thought, motives and purposes. He must occupy one, 
or the other ; he must pursue one mode or state, or the 
other ; he cannot hold both in thought at the same time ; 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 179 

"No man can serve two masters." We cannot be in 
darkness and light simultaneously. We cannot move 
in the broad way and the narrow way at one and the 
same time, as they lead in altogether opposite directions. 
Each of these states pertain to this present life, and 
run out into the boundless life beyond. To teach man 
how to avoid the one and find the other, how to escape 
from evil and error, and find "The way, the truth and 
the life," was the mission of Jesus in the world. "The 
son of man came to seek and to save that w r hichis lost." 
In all this vast universe there can be but two states of 
reality, and one emanates from the other. Being and 
existence; God and what He has created; everything 
else that has a seeming reality is an illusion and should 
be so esteemed and dealt with. 

God is everywhere and fills with His presence life 
and power, all things ; arid existence or what God has 
made is everywhere and is all that is. And all creation 
is but a manifestation of the presence, power, justice, 
intelligence, goodness and love of God. And these divine 
attributes exclude every opposing claim to reality, as 
they and their source are all, and preclude the very 
possibility of anything else. The evils and errors under 
which humanity suffers cannot stand side by side with 
these and say we are as real as you, although we never 
emanated from the source of all things. To consider 
that ail these phases of human suffering sprang from 



180 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

some other source or origin, settles forever their non- 
entity and nothingness ; and this is all true when viewed 
from the divine stand-point, with developed spiritual 
understanding and the more spiritual we become the 
more apparent they show out as deceptive illusions, 
appearances and phantasies. All sin, suffering, sick- 
ness, disease sorrow and death, and all the mean phases 
of human nature, all crimes and diabolical deeds, all 
feelings of the varying degrees of hatred, all profanity 
and evil speaking, all love of self and love of the world 
and the things of the world, all love of money — ''The 
root of all evil," all selfishness and pride, all anger and 
displays of temper, all jealousy, envy and revenge, — in 
fact every evil phase of corrupt and depraved side of 
human nature, so called, belongs to this lower phase of 
life and thought, and all these disordered states of 
mind bring forth in their season, their legitimate fruits 
of disease sorrow and death. The language of the 
apostle Paul is, "Godly sorrow worketh repentance not 
to be repented of, but the sorrow' of the world worketh 
death." 

All this dark catalogue of deprecated conditions 
flourish only in the world of negation, on the plane 
of the mortal mind, or the life and soul in the state of 
spiritual blindness and spiritual ignorance. All this 
array of non spiritual conditions will be consumed and 
destroyed when truth shall assert universal dominion. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 181 

"For He must reign until He has put all enemies under 
His feet." Let the world once understand these truths, 
and take them into their very life, and all these evils 
they have been taught, for generations, to believe, in, 
would be regarded as nothing but the illusive production 
of its inverted thought, and nothing real or tangible ; 
but existing only in perverted belief and imagination; 
then they would naturally turn away from them, as it is 
the very nature of man, not to pursue, or want any 
supposed thing, when he is convinced it is nothing. 
Should he cease to believe in the reality of evil, he would 
cease from evil deeds ; should he cease to believe in the 
reality of matter he would cease from sensuality and 
all phases of intemperance ; as his spiritual nature would 
naturally come into manifestation, when his thoughts 
turned away from these errors and hinderances to 
spiritual development; for the spiritually minded "Seek 
the things which are above, and not the things on earth." 
The spiritual nature in man is the last and highest 
development of his being, and it is his privilege and duty 
to work upward and inward continually, by agonizing 
effort; for within himself new springs of life will be 
continually opening up; new treasures of knowledge 
will be at his command, and new mysteries revealed. 
Life and experience on the rational plane of thought is 
infinitely below life and experience on the spiritual plane. 
Hitherto the chief part of gospel presentation, has for 



182 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

many centuries, been confined to this rational intel- 
lectual order, and the spiritual but vaguely and dimly 
comprehended; (there are many noble and grand excep- 
tions, as Augustine, Luther, Wesley, and many others 
of the present age). As the prince of this world, that 
Christ and Paul foretold, gradually arose to supremacy 
in the heart, the spiritual flame became extinguished, 
and religion of rites, ceremonies, and superstitions was 
all that was offered to the world. But happily now the 
spiritual tidal wave is beginning to rise, and the 
lightening is beginning to flash out of the east and 
shine even "unto the west. In some of the rolling 
cycles of existence wonderful prophesies are to be ful- 
filled; it is said by the Prophet Isaiah, "The wolf and 
the lamb would lie down together, and the leopard and 
the kid, and the calf and the young lion and the fatling 
together, and a little child shall lead them." Isaiah xi., 
6. All this is highly figurative, but it sets forth a reign 
of peace on earth, — "Peace on earth and good will toward 
men," as the sure fruits of the everlasting gospel of the 
Prince of peace. The glorification of our humanity 
can be reached in this life and men "Bejoice in that 
liberty wherewith Christ makes him free." A state of 
spiritual perfection was taught and urged by both Christ 
and Paul. In fact our earth life is the period in which 
the divine estate is to be reached ; "The full measure of 
the statue of Christ" is to be grown to by the full develop- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 183 

ment of Christ in us, and then "The body is dead because 
of sin ; but the spirit is life because of righteousness." 
Eom. viii., 10. The Apostle John says, "Beloved now 
are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what 
we shall be, but we know that when he shall appear, we 
shall be like him, for we shall see Him as He is." I John 
iii., 2. And another passage to the same effect, — "As 
many as are led by thejspirit of God, they are the sons 
of God." Eom. viii., 14. All these scriptures go to prove 
the high possibilities of man while he tabernacles in his 
earthy house. The celestial beatitude is ever looming 
up before him to lure him on and on to higher attain- 
ments, as perfection does not imply a cessation of growth 
and infinite unfoldment, but a state of complete sacrifice 
and renunciation of bodily conditions, which amounts to 
full redemption of spirit from matter ; which is the great 
work inaugurated by God through Jesus Christ our Lord. 
Man's outward state, or physical condition ought to 
correspond with his inward life, mind and feelings; 
therefore to reach this supreme mental and spiritual 
order of being does secure complete harmony of all the 
parts, in view of their relation to the whole. All the 
varied machinery in an establishment moves in regu- 
larity and harmony, by the power of the one central 
divine wheel ; and as long as the parts correspond in 
their movement to this controlling motive power, order 
and regularity reign through the whole. Atonement, or 



184 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

at-one-ment thus effected in and throughout the whole 
of the diversified and multitudinous thoughts, feelings 
and desires, and all dominated by the spiritual life and 
power of man —establish a state of harmony throughout 
the whole human kingdom, for all must yield allegiance 
to the higher power. Disease has been defined to be 
disunion, rebellion, insubordination ; and health order, 
obedience and government. When the divine leaven shall 
have leavened the whole lump and matter returned to 
spirit then will, "Thy kingdom be come and thy will be 
done in earth as in heaven." On this fifth day of treat- 
ment, our patient is clear as to the great benefit and 
relief received from the four preceding days' work. 
There is no lingering clearly defined errors still in the 
unconscious mind; she is certain of a great work of some 
kind wrought in her, the old trouble (neuralgia) is, or 
ought to be entirely removed, but there may still hover 
around some doubts and uncertainties, that amount to 
confusion and inharmony. Chemicalization, and all 
kinds of distress, bewilderment and fear are gone, but 
the ordeal through which she has passed has left her 
somewhat unrestored to full physical vigor ; old memo- 
ries of the former condition, out of which she has been 
lifted, still lurk around. The old error mind has been 
cast out, and with it the disease she called neuralgia ; 
but the patient is not yet strong, not fully established 
in the new line of thought. It is fitting and expedient 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 185 

then to remove as far as possible every impediment to 
immediate growth in the new life and spiritual state she 
has entered upon. This and the next stage of treatment 
will be arranged with this end in view. She in her own 
mind cherishes no errors ; but there are minds all around 
filled with errors and she has to come in contact with 
them continually ; and the thought atmosphere on the 
mortal mind plane is the poisonous element to avoid ; 
all this is true in thought transference. A strong hint 
on this point is given in the parable of the sower, which 
showed the varied character of influences always at work 
to draw back the mind, which has been healed and 
illuminated by the power of the Word. As this, and all 
spiritual work is progressive, this treatment will have 
the effect of helping on our patient in understanding, 
provided she is desirous of entering more fully into the 
meaning of this new state and order of things. Any one 
is liable go relapse unless they hold steadfastly to this 
spiritual line of thought ; for if the mind by agreeing with 
errors drifts back into the old current of world thought 
the patient will be just as liable as ever to the old con- 
ditions ; and very apt to relapse, as has been so often the 
case ; and comments on Christian Science the result, 
however unjust they may have been. Many patients 
have hindered healing by loose, unguarded talk, which 
fastened their errors and diseases upon them, in despite 
of the most faithful efforts of the healer; while others 



186 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

by conforming strictly to the truth in their conversation 
have hastened in a measure their healing and liberty. 
Much depends on the words of the patient; for says 
Jesus, — "By thy words thou shalt be justified and by thy 
words thou shalt be condemned." 

We will regard our patient as well and therefore will 
not bring up the old memories, but rather endeavor to 
draw her entirely away from them. Then we will treat 
her against confusion and inharmony, as the house (her 
mind) is empty, swept and garnished ; and to prevent old 
errors from returning we will call into manifestation the 
real divine self, which is never subject to errors at all, 
and whose province is to fill all, so as to leave no room 
for anything else. Mary Smith, listen to me : — 

1. No state of confusion or inharmony on the part 
of your parents, and no errors of your parents has any 
influence or control over you to bring in upon you any 
confusion or inharmony. I deny that you have any such 
states of thought. 

2. Listen to me, -no belief the whole human race 
has in confusion and inharmony has any influence over 
you to cause you confusion ; and you are not out of har- 
mony ; the race believing in a state of confusion and in- 
harmony has no effect upon you to cause you any dis- 
order. 

8. Listen to me, — no belief of your own self in con- 
fusion and inharmony, as a state that everybody is sub- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 187 

ject to, has any power over you to cast confusion and 
inharmony upon you; you are not confused and you 
have no inharmony. 

4. Listen tome, — no belief of all the people you are 
surrounded by and come in contact with in daily life 
has any power over you to cause you confusion or in- 
harmony ; their believing in confusion cannot confuse 
you; their believing in inharmony cannot cause you 
any disorder. 

5. Listen to me,— no belief of mine in confusion and 
inharmony has any influence over you to cause you any 
confusion, or inharmony. I deny the pow 7 er of my 
thoughts to confuse you, or cause you inharmony; you 
have no confusion ; you have no inharmony. 

Affirm — Mary Smith, listen to me, — you are spirit, 
and always in the image of God ; you are free from all 
the errors of parents. You are free from all the errors 
of the race. You are free from all the errors of your 
lower rational self. You are free from all the errors of 
the surroundings. You are free from any errors I may 
hold. Listen to me, — In God is your strength; in God 
is your life ; in God is your truth. You are strong. You 
are filled with the life of God ; you are one with the one 
life; you are one with the truth; and the truth makes 
you free. God is love, — you are one with love ; you are 
the creation and formulation of the one life and love. 
You are the offspring of God ; in God you live and move 



188 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and have your being. Your whole being is the embodi- 
ment of harmony and peace. 

All this is but the substance of the treatment, and 
will be used as such ; but these words convey substan- 
tially the effects desired to be instilled into the 
patient's mind, at this stage of convalesence. The more 
our patient is led up into the spiritual state of mind and 
thought, the more order and harmony is realized as the 
mortal carnal self harbors errors and morbid beliefs, the 
state of thought in which disease and suffering abound, 
and where all the bad phases of unreal existence are 
persistently held, as real and inevitable. So, to part 
company with "The old man with his deeds," is to leave 
these disagreeable and hurtful conditions, where they 
belong, in their natural elements of darkness and nega- 
tion: while the freed humanity rises into the ever in- 
creasing light of eternal truth, to rejoice in its perfect 
freedom forever. This is the effect we design this treat- 
ment to have, so that the next may be, in effect, a com- 
plete restoration of all the functions, to their uninter- 
rupted normal activity and so dismiss the patient, with 
restored health, multiplied peace and enlarged knowl- 
edge of the power of divine truth. And so there would 
be little chance for a return of old conditions. 



Lecture xil 

PEACE AND GOOD WILL. 

I I /E have been saying much about oneness of Being, 
VA^ and divine attributes of the All ; and that every- 
thing that exists or has being sprang forth from 
the fountain of All Being and existence. Everything 
therefore contains within itself, in some degree or form, 
a particle of the divine essence ; as it exists everywhere 
as a living presence and power and enters into all things 
and is the divine substance that "Fills all things." The 
whole universe sustains a direct vital relation to the one 
power that projected it into existence ; and everything 
that exists does in some manner or form bear relation- 
ship to every other thing. As the one life and mind 
enters into everything that comes forth from it, two or 
more things possessing the qualities of a third, must 
possess the qualities of each other; notwithstanding 
variations and modifications innumerable and incon- 
ceivable in their infinitesimal displays of kind, quality 
and form. Nothing visible, tangible or palpable, can 



190 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

be regarded as substance ; but the bodying out of the 
invisible*life and mind ; this is true of the four graded 
kingdoms of our plant, mineral, vegetable, animal and 
human. It is said divinity sleeps in the mineral, 
breathes in the vegetable, dreams in the animal, and 
awakes to consciousness in man. This invisible spirit- 
ual entity which animates all things and pervades all 
existence is God. How can we, as the offspring of God, 
come into the understanding of the relationship we hold 
to this source of All Being. The scriptures tell us " No 
man hath seen God at any time." And " The world by 
wisdom knew not God." The highest orders of intellect 
in most profound research can give us nothing but vague 
and empty theory. The greatest rational systems of 
philosophy and religion of earth have brought nothing 
to satisfy the yearning of the inmost want of man's 
spiritual nature. To seek the knowledge of God on the 
rational plane of the mind's activities, is to search where 
it can never be found. This knowledge is of a higher 
and more divine order than the imperfect and indefinite 
rationals has brought forth by any inferior order of in- 
telligence. No person or book, not even the Bible, can 
bring us into the realization of spiritual knowledge ; 
man must seek this hidden treasure, where it, alone, is 
to be found ; within the inmost of his own being ; and 
hights of his spiritual powers ; for it is there and there 
alone, the divine meeting is effected and the divine 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 191 

union formed; and there God reveals Himself to the 
hearts of His children. It is there we come unto Him 
and take His yoke upon us and learn of Him and "Find 
rest unto our souls." Satisfaction is the chief aim and 
end of living entity, from the lowest form of animal life 
to the highest developed conscious being. There is an 
immanent and higher attractive force in every order of 
existence and being, whose province it is to reach down 
and lift up that which is immediately below; the veg- 
etable lifts up the mineral, in the course of countless 
ages the four gases, which in varied qualities compose 
the embodiment of all material things, by their action 
on the coarse mineral substances dissolve and transmute 
into the soil and produce vegetation; and by the same 
universal force and life principle vegetable life is drawn 
up a scale and degree higher and animal life is evolved; 
and by the same inherent, invisible and all dominating 
force and power, man comes forth in the image of God. 
In the long periods and processes of his evolution he 
comes forth in dual form, male and female. "Male and 
female made He them." All these four discreet depart- 
ments of creation are ordered and arranged by executive 
laws, which operate from within outward ; while re- 
demption operates without inward, and below upward, 
until the highest point possible to be reached is attained ; 
which is the "Christ the Son of the living God." Man 
coming up through the long processes of growth and 



192 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

development can reach no higher point ; and none could 
be desired as aspiration must of necessity cease when 
full and complete redemption has been accomplished; 
for then in him as in the Christ will dwell all the full- 
ness of God. This state of beatific exaltation is styled 
"The inheritance of the saints in light." Much of this 
fullness and power comes to God's children, as they 
press forward on their pilgrimage, here in the vale of 
mortality. It is called "an earnest of our inheritance," 
which means a part received and a foretaste, which 
implies a portion already realized and enjoyed. In this 
advanced state of spirituality man becomes disengaged 
from earthly desires ; and while he is "In the world he is 
not of the world;" and his affections are set on things 
above, "Where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God." 
To become ungodly, is for the soul to turn away from 
the inward spirit of life and seek union and alliance 
with the sense life, and thereby enter into the bondage 
of the lower will ; and this is in short what has been 
mystically called the "Fall" of the Edenic pair. To 
recover this lost condition of the soul, is to turn from 
darkness to light ; and from the power of Satan unto God, 
— to break loose from belief in matter and its bondage 
and power, and return to the spirit within, and to "the 
liberty wherewith Christ has made us free." To be per- 
fect is to relinquish the personality, to put off the self- 
hood, in toto, by a complete and final renunciation of 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 193 

the carnal mind, or natural man ; and perfect the indi- 
viduality by putting on Christ ; growing up into Him ; 
and becoming One in Him, by casting the will into the 
will of God ; thereby being made an heir of God and 
joint heir with our Lord; all of which is accomplished 
through faith as the sole condition of salvation. 

In the limited sphere of man's earthy and sense life, 
with the rational thought for the most part set outward 
and downward, and seldom inward, upward, he is prone 
to regard himself as weak, helpless and dependent, the 
football of fate, and the toy and creature of circum- 
stances. But when lifed on to the spiritual, and entirely 
new order of things there is spread before him an un- 
limited perspective. The divine attributes of power, wis- 
dom and holiness are all within his reach in almost deific 
fullness, as the apostle prayed, that, "The Corinthian 
brethren might be filled with all the fullness of God." 
On this high plane of thought, ^limitations disappear, 
all circumstances yield readily to control, and man 
becomes the architect of his own fortune, and shaper of 
his own destiny ; he is living, moving and having being 
in God ; the atmosphere of good is all around, above, 
and below T awaiting his claim upon it ; and in readiness 
to respond to his call. We hold that the spiritual part 
of man, the inward man, is the true self, and only real 
enduring-entity ; and to call this self into manifestation 
is the effectual work of healing and saving; as all seem- 



194 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

ing realities disappear, and all errors are exposed, when 
truth steps forth to take up his heritage and power. In 
this sixth and last treatment, we desire to finish the work 
for our patient by a brief treatment, in which we desire 
to speak comforting words to her; and likewise calling 
the divine self into full manifestation. All this would 
amount in the main to a sort of benediction, or blessing 
of peace and good will. This does not exclude the 
patient hereafter from being treated, if a necessity 
should arise, as this only means this course of treatment 
is finished ; nor would you give this, if her condition 
was such as to call for one or other of the preceding 
treatments ; you will be governed by observation and 
intuition, and thereby know what to do. Sixth day or 
period of treatment, Say God is in me a present life and 
healing power ; and through me his word goes forth to 
heal and his truth makes you free. 

Mary Smith, listen to me, — you are a spiritual being 
made in the likeness and image of God ; and pronounced 
by your creator to be good and very good ; and have 
never lost that quality, thus affixed to your very being ; 
you are God's offspring and have a nature like your 
source ; you are spirit and divine. Listen to me, — peace 
and good-will flow to you continually from your parents. 
Peace and good-will flow to you from the whole human 
race. Peace and good-will flow to you from- your own 
self. Peace and good-will flow to you from every one 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 195 

you come in contact with in daily life. Peace and good- 
will flow to you from me. Peace and good-will flow to 
you continually from God. Peace be unto you. 

This is but a skeleton of what you are at liberty to 
fill in, and thereby make it as ample as you please, as 
ad words and set forms will in time be supplanted by 
words and forms of intuitive suggestion ; when spiritual 
insight is reached. 

GENERAL RULES ON HEALING. 

Patient at first meeting should state concisely the 
whole state of facts connected with the case ; healer 
denying silently every statement, but taking in the sit- 
uation as completely as possible ; so as to learn the ex- 
act errors that the patient is holding on to. Eegard the 
whole as existing in mortal mind and make a clean 
sweep, by denial of the whole affair. After that, 
patient should say very little about the case, and should 
not talk error to healer, or any one else ; should not 
talk about cases of sickness, nor read, or talk about 
remedies; should not read medical advertisements in 
newspapers, nor almanacs ; must not talk against the 
science, nor listen to anyone, but deny all away ; must 
not view the dark side of life, or any ill condition of life ; 
but hold firmly to good ; keep in a pleasant mood of 
mind; and let thoughts run on pleasant subjects and 
never, under any circumstances, express disbelief in the 



196 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

virtue of the science; but should hope for and expect 
the very best results, nothing doubting. When treat- 
ment is given in presence of patient, healer should be 
near patient, but never touch each other, as patient 
might think healing power might come through material 
contact. Healer should give treatment silently, and 
usually with closed eyes, so as the better to focalize the 
thought. Patient should be quiet and passive, and not 
stare at healer, to see what is going on ; when treatment 
is finished, as a general rule, patient should be dismissed, 
at least out of healer's thoughts. Healer should heal self 
of all mortal mind errors, and while living in the world 
be not of the world ; should deny the influence of the 
world thought as having any power over the healer; 
should be free from selfishness, fear, doubt, pride, malice, 
jealousy, envy and revenge, as these conditions might be 
imparted in thought to the patient and thereby the 
healer's work hindered. Healer should be strong in the 
belief of the power of truth. Absent treatments, as a 
rule, are as effectual as present treatments, with ex- 
ceptions in acute cases, where it is considered better for 
healer to be present, until relief comes; which is usually 
the case in from fifteen minutes to half an hour ; in these 
cases treatment should be repeated, say every fifteen or 
twenty minutes until relief comes ; deny fear and affirm 
love. In chronic cases one present treatment is all that 
could be expected, usually in morning, and one absent 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 197 

treatment at night after patient has retired and quiet. 
These are not fixed rules, but only directory and subject 
to deviation. In fact all rules will drop out in course 
of time and healer's intuition become sole guide. Healer 
should never ponder and worry about the case, as these 
thoughts go to the patient's mind and work harm and 
confusion. It is often the case that two healers are called 
upon to treat the same patient, but it is more apt to do 
harm than good, as one healer might confuse, or annul the 
work of another, by holding different thoughts, or being 
under different influences, and thereby effect the patient 
differently from the other healer. There could be no 
objection to one healer strengthening another healer for 
any special work ; class treatments are quite frequent, 
and doubtless good, when harmony has previously been 
generated in the entire circle. Under the present con- 
dition of things, and so much skepticism, and so much 
mortal mind gossip, it is deemed best to keep silent 
about any case you are treating. This rule does not 
apply to healers and friends of the science, who of course 
can know what is going on and keep silent themselves. 
During treatment patient should abstain entirely from 
drugs, or any other remedies, or any practice at all relied 
on as curative. The healing power of spiritual thought 
is by far more effective than anything else ; and patient's 
mind should be free from all reliance on matter in any 
form as possessing curative virtue. Both healer and 



198 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

patient should rely entirely on the spirit's healing power. 
Note carefully, no dictation about what patient should 
do is allowable ; to dictate action is of mortal mind, and 
would be an assumption on part of healer, outside of his 
duty and privilege, thus never say to the patient you 
ought to do so and so. That would be argument of mortal 
mind on the part of the healer, and might call forth 
mortal mind argument from the patient. Spirit knows 
without argument and the word only going forth from 
that source is all powerful, and will accomplish its 
mission. Patient should be careful to perform every 
engagement to healer, much depends on this, the most 
consecrated and faithful work could all be spoiled by the 
patient's perfidy, and any failure to perform his obliga- 
tions. If pay is agreed upon, it should not be withheld, 
or unreasonably delayed. If work, or anything is to be 
done by way of compensation it should be faithfully and 
promptly performed. Patient should enter into the work 
wholly with healer, and follow strictly all directions 
bearing on the work ; should indeed constitute a factor 
in the whole course of treatment, so as to help healer on 
and make his work light and easy. Patient should not 
read any book or paper against the science, and never 
enter into argument about it ; but to state truth at all 
times, when occasion calls for it is always proper and 
right. Patient should be free from .fear and overcome 
all aversion to whatever complaint he is being treated 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 199 

for ; do not magnify the trouble in thought, but consider 
it a thing of small moment for in so doing you are to 
that extent freed from its seeming power over you ; and 
the less she thinks about it at all, so much the better. 
Healer's great end and aim should be to grow in under- 
standing ; work is the chief exercise to this end. "What- 
soever your hand findeth to do, do it with your might." 
Faithful and constant work will bring out the latent 
faculties of the supersensuous mind as no other can do. 
Here the exclamation of the apostle, "0! the depth 
of the riches, both of wisdom and knowledge of God, 
how unsearchable are his judgments and his ways, past 
finding out." We are all God's offspring in our inmost 
self, and possess all the divine potencies infinite limita- 
tion; and are endowed with faculties, of which we now 
have no conception ; there are pearls of great price, and 
hidden treasures in the depths of our being, of which we 
have never dreamed; and it is the chief business of ex- 
istence to work inward and upward, to open these latent 
and slumbering fountains of the human soul ; and so 
the whole humanity will grow and develop into the like- 
ness and image of God. Healer must occupy a feeling 
of perfect equality with every one ; regard no one as 
your superior, and no one as your inferior. Consult no 
one, except on terms of perfect equality. Affirm wisdom, 
and you will grow in it. Affirm understanding and 
thereby get understanding. Affirm knowledge and you 



200 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

will grow in the knowledge of the truth. Pupils are 
sometimes apt to despair of coming into the understand- 
ing of all this great divine mysticism. It ail appears so 
vast and incomprehensible ; so it is on the rational plane 
of mind and intellect, as these mortal powers are in- 
capable of, and inadequate to the stupendous task ; but 
on the spiritual plane, with soul opening upward and 
light straining in incesantly, "The yoke is easy and the 
burden light." The more spiritual the healer becomes, 
the more success he is sure to have. The more con- 
secrated he is to spiritual life the more he will develop 
into power. It was told the apostles and disciples, by 
Jesus, that they should have power, after that the Holy 
Ghost was come upon them. This whole work and all 
the workers are yet in a state of infancy; no one can 
foresee whereunto it will grow ; but as the work and the 
workers grow and wax strong in spirit and truth's knowl- 
edge, may we not expect to see healing, which now is 
slow and difficult in many instances, accomplished with 
ease and simplicity, and often instantaneously. Healers 
often find seeming difficulty on account of opposition 
and inharmony in the surroundings, in that case it is 
best to give preliminary treatment to the whole family, 
or nurse, or visitors, or even neighbors ; they should be 
grouped together and treated for harmony, and the 
healer's own intuition will be the best guide in the case. 
In acute cases it is best for all as a general rule to retire, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 201 

especially if critical, so as to remove from patient's 
presence the strong atmosphere of fear, but even this 
rule is constantly subject to exceptions, as in cases of 
children the mother would want to stay. Jesus taught 
His disciples to pray to the Father, that His kingdom 
should come, and His will be done in earth as in heaven ; 
this was taught a long time ago, and has been breathed 
by saints and lisped by children countless in number, 
until it has become so commonplace, that few compre- 
hend its meaning, or what is embraced in it. The king- 
dom of God, and what it includes, and what belongs to 
it, and in it, are all there is, there is nothing outside of 
it, that is at all entitled to the attributes of reality or 
verity. It is the sole reality of the universe, outside of 
it are all the conditions called evil, and all the harm and 
suffering. To have all this state of spirituality set up 
in you, in complete fullness is freedom from all these 
outside conditions ; they are wholly incompatible to a 
state of spiritual perfection ; and when the kingdom of 
God shall come in fullness and power, all sin, suffering 
and death, will vanish into nothingness as shadows and 
vapors ; nothing then, they are equally nothing now as 
truth is the same, in one state of circumstances as in 
another. So the healer need have no doubts or mis- 
givings, when he speaks to the true and only real self 
of the patient and tells her she^is not sick, never has 
been, and never can be; he can freely deny the whole 



202 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

mass of errors and illusions, whenever they seem to 
present themselves. He can, with equal truthfulness, 
affirm to the real self of the patient perfect wholeness, 
health and harmony. 

In concluding these lessons we deem it proper to 
give a general formula, so that you can have one at 
your command, to use whenever you see proper; you 
can use all or part or dispense with it and treat as given 
in the last six lessons. We give this in order that you 
may have one and know the meaning of a formula. 

Mary Smith, listen to me, — you are not suffering 
this condition you call neuralgia, in consequence of any 
heredity, as matter has no life, sensation or intelligence, 
and cannot transmit disease ; neither are you suffering 
from what you call neuralgia, in consequence of the 
sensuality of the whole human race. Those you have 
come in contact with and surround you in life have no 
influence, or power in their beliefs in heredity or sen- 
suality to reflect upon you that condition you call neu- 
ralgia. No belief of your own self in heredity or sen- 
suality, neither any belief of mine in heredity or sen- 
suality has any power to reflect this condition. There is 
nothing to fear, neither do you show forth this condition 
you call neuralgia, on account of deceitfulness, selfish- 
ness, envy, pride, jealousy, hatred, anger, malice, cruelty, 
revenge, fear and remorse of the race ; those whom you 
have come in contact with, or of your own self or of 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 203 

myself. Now listen to me ; every organ in your body is 
in a perfectly healthy condition. The brain, lungs, 
heart, stomach, liver, spleen and kidneys are performing 
their natural functions and there is no obstruction or 
inflammation whatever connected with them. All the 
nerves and muscles are doing their allotted work and 
are in a perfect and healthy condition. There is no 
impoverishment or impurity of the blood nor obstruction 
to its circulation ; it circulates throughout your entire 
body, imparting health, strength and vitality to every 
part; the mucous membranes, linings and tissues 
throughout the body are in a perfectly healthy state. 
There are no false beliefs nor evil influences effecting 
you ; and you are in perfect peace and harmony. 

AFFIRMATIONS. 

For God is your strength, you cannot yield to weak- 
ness. God is your life ; you can never fear death. God 
is your health; pain and sickness can never effect you. 
God is your peace ; you can never be threatened with 
discord or inharmony. God is your courage ; and you 
can never be afraid. God is life, truth and love and 
you are his offspring. You are the creation of the true 
and living God ; spiritual, harmonious, fearless and free. 
Truth and goodness flow to you from every source ; you 
show forth all that is noble and pure of the race. So you 
be ever assured of His continual presence, power, truth, 
love and peace. Love, sympathy, compassion, charity, 



204 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

joy and peace are yours; and you reflect these upon all 
whom you come in contact with. You have peace of 
mind, knowledge of truth and health of body. All the 
high and noble faculties in your nature are fully devel- 
oped. You are God's best and most loving thought ; His 
image is stamped upon you; He will supply all your 
wants; He will never leave nor forsake you; His love 
will protect ; His strength shall guard you ; His mighty 
arm is around and about you, so nothing can come 
near to harm you. His peace is flowing to you ; so dis- 
cord and inharmony cannot come near you. He is your 
rest, your strength, your all. So rest in peace. 



PART III 



LECTURE XIII. 

AN ADDKESS IN THE FOKM OF AN APPEAL TO THE 

KACE OF MAN. 

THE BROTHERHOOD OF MAN. 

I I /HAT shall be said in this appeal may be regarded 
\XJ aS applicable to all people, of whatever cast, 
complexion, nationality, political condition, or 
religions idea. The whole family of man possess a com- 
mon humanity, and manifest a common human nature, 
having common wants, desires and feelings, differing 
only in degree, and showing forth, in all the leading 
traits and characteristics, one common likeness. This 
definition holds good in all the ages and cycles, that have 
come and gone, since the beginning, until now. And 
while the material laws of heredity, and the influence 
of environment here produce conditions, on the com- 
mon plane of life, as diverse as the sands of the seashore, 



206 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

yet their inward endowments and faculties of soul are 
so alike, as to bring all so close together as to show 
forth by unmistakable evidence, that all mankind are 
brethren, and derive their being from one common 
source; and that all have the same one principle-of life, 
and mind, though differing on the outer plane, in the 
widest degree conceivable. Paul, the great apostle of the 
nations, in a great discourse, with lawyers, legislators 
and judges for auditors, at Athens, "On Mars hill," pro- 
claimed the universal brotherhood of man, when he 
affirmed a quotation, from one of their own poets, who 
had previously written, "That we are God's offspring." 
But more pointed still from himself, when he said, "God 
hath made of one blood (or life) all nations of men, for 
to dwell on all the face of the earth." The great teacher 
of the human race, made it in a measure, one of the 
chief topics of His infallible teachings, while engaged in 
fulfilling the work of His Father. He took special care 
to inculcate the truth of the doctrine, that all men are 
brethren, the children of one common father; and the 
conclusion is irresistable that there is in some portion, 
or dimension of their being, a nature and qualities, in 
exact correspondence with the source from which they 
issued forth ; and this being admitted, they must possess 
in common with each other a like nature and like quali- 
ties. He taught them to say, "Our Father which art in 
heaven," and also, "How much more will your Father 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 207 

in heaven give good things to them that ask Him." 
Likewise He taught them to "Call no man on earth your 
father, ye have one Father even God." All this teach- 
ing goes to show that the human family have a higher 
parentage than any earthly relationship. The fraternal 
relationship is set forth in equally as exact expressions ; 
as, "If thy brother offend thee," etc. ; and "Whosoever 
shall say to his brother, raca," etc. ; but outside of biblical 
teaching, history and observation are equally clear, as 
the same natural laws of humanity running through all 
classes of people, of which the historians write. And 
likewise sentiments ringing out in poetic strains, show 
forth the knowledge of a divine fountain within. And 
this is true among many, who never heard of, nor read 
the oracles of God, as well as those to whom they were 
given. To realize this condition of the brotherhood of 
man, was the cause of the enunciation of the second 
great commandment, which is like unto the first ; "Thou 
shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." These recognize all 
men as equal in their inward selves ; and this was pro- 
mulgated most fully in our glorious Declaration of Inde- 
pendence, wherein it is said, we hold these truths self 
evident, that all men are born equal, and are endowed 
by their creator with certain inalienable rights. And 
this we positively affirm for every race, nationality, cast, 
color, or condition. It applies with equal force and pre- 
cision to the European, the Asiatic, and the African, 



208 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

the Jophetic Caucasian, Shemetic Mongolian, and the 
Hametic Ethiopean ; and all the innumerable ramifica- 
tions of these three primordial races, with all the influ- 
ences of climate, habit of life, and political and social 
condition, can have no effect upon the great central 
unity and oneness of the whole race in their inmost and 
uppermost dimension and plane of being. But on the 
outer or common life plane we see altogether the reverse 
of this, owing to the state of operation mankind have 
lapsed into, which is better known as sin, with all its 
resultant effects. On this outer plane of the unreal, 
disordered state of things, where the thought is inverted, 
and the whole lower co-ordinate dimensions of man's 
structure is in a state of disunion, rebellion and insub- 
ordination to the higher, over-ruling self, he is in a 
sense the natural enemy of every other man, as self- 
hood, and personality are in their interests in a meas- 
ure antagonistic to every other selfhood or personality. 
Selfishness is the substratum of all the varied forms 
and phases of the manifested selfhood ; and the self- 
interests cf one will invariably antagonize the self-in- 
terests of another. The idea of the brotherhood of man 
doubtless existed before history began, as man has a 
natural instinctive and intuitive conception of the unity, 
on some plane, of the whole human family. The broth- 
erhood of man as taught first of all in the story of Cain 
and Abel as being born of the same parentage, does not 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 209 

constitute the relation we are endeavoring to set forth 
here ; Abel represented the spiritual idea of faith, while 
Cain represented the material idea of unbelief. Yet 
there was a point or plane upon which they could be rec- 
ognized as brothers, and so they were by him who had a 
right to know. We say then there can be no real, or 
inalienable brotherhood on the common earthly plane ; 
but we would be understood as speaking of man in the 
universal aad general aspect, as there are notable in- 
stances of this principle being demonstrated in its 
highest sense, which were doubtless incited by the highest 
motives that move the human mind and heart to action. 
Societies on the secret plan have been organized on 
this idea from of old to the present time, but brother- 
hood was only in name and not in reality. We know 
this to be true, here and now in our own time. All are 
aware that when the interests of self are involved the 
brotherhood takes leave. The Truth is, brotherhood 
and personality are incompatible ideas. These are 
social combinations organized on this idea, but in them 
all there is the ingredient of exclusiveness and clanship, 
which instead of fostering, prove destructive to the very 
idea itself. On the plane of the selfhood, with selfish- 
ness the paramount idea, there can be no real fraternity, 
for that is the dimension of man's nature and being, 
where the sense nature is awake and fully alive to the 
sensuous interests and wants of the one possessing it ; 



210 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and all this state of things is comprehended by the 
Apostle Paul under the three headings of " The lust of 
the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life." 
Selfishness is the corrupt fountain from which all these 
turbid streams flow out. In knows no sufficiency or 
satisfaction ; a yearning principle is behind it all, which 
is vaster in immeasurable quantum than the full and 
complete possession of all the objects of its ardent quest. 
The God-given soul is down in the mazes and quag- 
mires of the material and sensuous life, " Seeking rest 
but finding none," for its true element is not there. 
Yet this is the condition of the great body of the race at 
the present time. 

The wars both great and small, in which mankind 
have engaged "from time whereof the memory of man 
runneth not to the contrary," show out the full demon- 
stration of this fact. We may travel back as far as 
the torch light of history holds back the darkness of 
forgotten ages, and warfare, rapine, blood and carnage, 
have been the theme of the historian and the subject of 
the poet's song; all going to demonstrate the imprac- 
ticability of reforming and uniting man in the fraternal 
embrace of universal brotherhood on any plan compris- 
ing the natural and merely intellectual state or dimen- 
sion of his being. The utter incompatibility and in- 
feasibility is apparant to all observing and thinking 
minds* Under this head arises the necessity of govern- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 211 

ment, for the protection of its subjects and laws in 
pursuance thereof, for its own preservation and the 
peace and security of society. Judicial systems have to 
be inaugurated to enforce stringent laws, with severe 
penalties attached to their violation, in order to hold in 
check the vicious natures of those who have not arisen 
above the mere animal and sensuous plane of life. 
While humanity remains in its present condition these 
things must of necessity continue. Brotherhood cannot 
be established on this plane, where the human house or 
man, in his make up, "Is divided against itself." Before 
the whole can be united, the parts and fragments must 
be united in and of themselves. "While discord, dis- 
union, rebellion and insubordination (and this is not 
political necessarily) still linger in the hearts and 
thoughts of men, smothered down alone by fear of Him, 
"Who beareth not the sword in vain," it is perfectly 
useless to think of accomplishing any extended refor- 
mation, either of individual or society. . This argument 
but presents the necessity of the relinquishment of the 
self element by the individual himself before he can be- 
come a fit element and integral part of the great family 
brotherhood of the race of man, on this planet earth. That 
such a state of things is to exist, and is now rapidly com- 
ing on, we have no hesitation in expressing ourselves in 
the affirmative, which makes it all the more necessary 
for all to be in the great work of preparation. When the 



212 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

forward movement has been ordered, we may not expect 
any counter marchings; as evolutions of the mighty 
forces are so rapidly concreting and concentrating, to 
bring on those mighty changes that we know, philosoph- 
ically, mathematically and by inspiration, must be met 
and realized by the human race; "Coming events cast 
their shadows before." The book called "Looking Back- 
ward" is more reality than fancy, more fact than fiction, 
at least as far as the wonderful transformation and exal- 
tation of the whole human race, leaving the imaginary 
details out of the question, is considered ; without how- 
ever fixing any time for its consummation. But we do 
know means are in operation at this time, that must 
necessarily result in the most stupendous accomplish- 
ments that man in his loftiest imaginings, has had 
but a faint insight; for "It doth not yet appear, what 
we shall be." We have been endeavoring briefly to 
show on what plane and dimension of man's fourfold 
nature, the true brotherhood of the race does not and 
cannot in the very nature of things exist. We come 
now to the task of showing, on what plane brother- 
hood can and does exist. We have somewhere in 
the foregoing lectures stated the philosophical fact, 
that man is a fourfold being ; that he has four dis- 
tinct dimensions in the makeup of his humanity. 
And in the regular order and process of his evolution 
the lowest mode and order of life and mind is first 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 213 

manifested, which is the physical or vital principle 
which constitutes the immediate life that acts in the 
body in all its varied actions and sensations, for it is 
this principle that acts and feels, and is the immediate 
motor of the material machine ; as no part of the body 
coufld ever move or feel without its presence. In this 
analysis of the human kingdom, there is an inseparable 
and indivisible union and relation throughout the whole 
and where the lowest ends, and the next in order begins^ 
there is no definable line of demarkation and so on till 
the highest is reached ; for the whole is grandly arranged 
on a plan of gradual growth and evolution. The next 
plane of man's nature is what is termed in Scripture, 
the natural man or man on the plane of the outer world, 
where he possesses consciousness and intellect, and acts 
and perceives altogether by and through the senses; 
and this is the dimension of the animal man, with the 
psyche or soul as yet undeveloped in him, in the further 
movement of his evolution. And right here these two 
planes are the dimensions, on which the state of the 
brotherhood of man is incompatible, as we have already 
shown, in consequence of their being animal and physi- 
cal and are the seat and plane of the sense life, and 
selfishness the chief motive to every action and emotion. 
These conditions are mortal, and therefore incapable 
of conceiving or producing an immortal idea ; which is 
a necessary characteristic of the great principle we 



'214 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

are endeavoring to establish. The next order in bring- 
ing forth man in the image of God, is the evolution or 
coming into manifestation of the immortal soul ; the 
crowning "Glory of man;" for within this principle are 
the divine elements, intuition, conscience and the divine 
spirit ; for this inward man, constituted of Spirit and 
Soul, compose man in. the image of God. This is the 
inward man, and only real man ; dual, "male and 
female made He them." These it id said the Lord God 
"Saw to be very good." This is the nature and style of 
man as the offspring of God ; these are the children of 
God; and taught to say "Our Father which art in 
Heaven ;" and are commanded to "Call no man on earth 
your Father, for ye have one Father even God." If all 
in the true sense are the offspring and children of God, 
it requires no argument to establish the relationship 
they sustain to each other. This and this only, is the 
high and immortal plane on which we set forth the 
immortal principle and fact of the inward brotherhood 
of the whole human race. This principle is that which 
defines and answers the query, "Who is my neighbor ?" 
For it is most clearly set forth in the parable of the good 
Samaritan. We can see the pertinacity of the second 
great commandmenc which is like unto the first; "Thou 
shaltlove thy neighbor as thyself;" and "He that hateth 
his brother is called a murderer." In the above parable 
the real principle of brotherhood is taught, by example ; 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 215 

and neighbor and brother may be classed as one, for it 
is a principle, that is there set forth, and showed itself 
out in the act of "Brotherly kindness." 

On the plane of truth and reality all are neighbors, 
and all are brothers ; the priest and Levite that passed 
on without affording the necessary relief to the w T ounded 
man, were not on that plane, had not developed their 
spiritual nature, and so were ruled out by both Jesus 
and the lawyer, in that illustration of the great princi- 
ple and truth we are essaying to demonstrate. The 
human race is widely sundered in its aspect over the 
face of the earth, so much as to appear to altogether 
ignore even a common tie that binds man together, and 
the different races seem to regard each other as spring- 
ing from altogether different sources, and are of a dif- 
ferent origin. This idea is the growth of ages, arising 
out of the very nature of the earthy conditions. The 
selfish principle, as already enunciated, is the common 
bottom idea in individuals, and these make families, 
and families make communities, and communities make 
states, carrying along through the whole course the same 
idea.- And for protection against this principle govern- 
ments are formed, laws are made, officers are created, 
and penalties attached to the violation of law. But when 
man rises in the scale of moral being, to that extent, 
do these become unnecessary; and when the whole 
race shall so ascend in the scale of spirituality as 



216 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

to become wholly disenthralled from the bondage 
of the material environment, and realize their true 
state and condition, then these necessities will cease 
altogether, and man will be a higher order of being. 
We see then a mighty work before us, and when, ! 
when can so much be accomplished ; we now behold the 
nations of the earth compelled to keep, at enormous ex- 
pense, as a great burden upon the citizens, armies and 
munitions of warfare, for the purpose of self preserva- 
tion against other nations, who would swallow them up, if 
they could, as the big fishes do the little ones, for this has 
been done in all the long ages of the race's history, 
even all the way back to its very horizon, and doubtless 
beyond in the mysterious unknown. But mighty agen- 
cies are now at work, more effectual in their silent ope- 
rations than has ever yet been brought to bear on the 
chaos of man's earth earthy condition, and the mighty 
power of truth is gathering strength and momentum, as 
mind and heart is continually being reached and trans- 
formed, and new life and new hope are being realized, 
wherever this power of truth can find a lodgment in 
man. The unity, brotherhood and communism of the 
whole human race is no idle and abortive chimera of the 
fanatic's brain, but is as clearly defined in prophecy as 
any other fact that has or is yet to transpire. Jesus 
prayed the father that His " Might all be one," as we are 
one; and this prayer is in its fullness yet to bean. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 217 

swered. All the teachings of the great Master were ad- 
dressed to man's higher nature, and designed to bring 
it into manifestation. Man^is yet to play a wholly dif- 
ferent part in the theatre of existence from anything 
hitherto known to him. Striking intimations however 
are afforded all along through the inspired volume. 
" The wolf and the lamb shall lie down together ;" "The 
earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the Lord, as the 
waters cover the sea," "None shall teach his neighbor 
saying, know the Lord, for all shall know from the least 
to the greatest." Listen to this prophecy, "Behold the 
darkness shall cover the earth and gross darkness the 
people; but the Lord shall arise upon them, and His 
glory shall be seen upon them ; and the Gentiles shall 
come to thy light and kings to the brightness of thy 
rising. Lift up thine eyes round about and see, all they 
gather themselves together, they come to thee." Isaiah 
lx., 2, 3, 4. This but clearly portrays in glowing poetic 
and prophetic coloring, the great gathering of God's 
offspring, out of the darkness of spiritual blindness and 
material beliefs, into the light and liberty of God's 
eternal truth. And in so gathering in the union and 
brotherhood of the whole family of man around the one 
central figure, the glorified Lord, they all become one, 
in thought, one in feeling, one in interest, one in love 
and love is the fulfilling of the law. All the foregoing 
conditions are modes of thought, for they exist there 



218 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

and nowhere else ; for all is mind, and the stages 
and degrees of development are states of either con- 
scious or unconscious thought. But this can become 
as fixed and permanent, as Gibralter's rock seems to 
be; and what man thinks, he is; if he thinks low, he is 
of that order ; if his thoughts range principally on the 
medium plane, he is cast in the mold of mediocrity; 
but if he in thought rises to the celestial hights, he 
becomes spiritual minded and is in his conscious being, 
spirit. In the mystical designation of the constituent 
principles of every human being, there are four distinct 
planes as already set forth, and we can view them from 
lowest to highest and then reverse the order, from high- 
est to lowest ; and first there is the magnetic life, which 
is common to all animate beings, varying in degree of 
development; then peculiar alone to man, is the mind, 
the soul and spirit. These were all clearly indicated by 
the great Teacher when he taught, "Thou shalt love the 
Lord thy God with all thy heart, soul, mind and strength." 
From above downward, with a change in terms, but 
none in reality; we have first the Christ, second the 
woman, third the man and fourth the animal. When 
all these are consecrated and made one, and redeemed 
in the highest, then is the perfection*of humanity com- 
pleted, and all brought back to God, in Christ. "There 
is neither Jew nor Greek, neither bond nor free, neither 
male nor female, for all are one in Christ Jesus." Gal. 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 219 

iii., 29. And further, "In the dispensation of the full- 
ness of times He might gather together in one all things 
in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on 
earth; even in him." Ephesians i., 10. Whether this 
or the next generation will receive and enjoy all the rich 
and untold things "God hath laid up for them that love 
Him," some generation will, and in all their divine 
and celestial fullness. If this "Will not have the man, 
Christ Jesus, to reign over them;" some other will, "And 
being lifted up wall draw all men unto Himself;" if this 
will not accept spiritual deliverance from earthly ills and 
sufferings, and be "Filled with the knowledge of the 
Lord as the waters cover the sea;" some other genera- 
tion will arise into this divine beatitude; if this one 
rejects the "Peace on earth good will toward men," of 
which the angels sang at the Bethlehem incarnation, 
some other generation will realize them, in all their 
beatific fullness; for all this is laid up in store, in 
the womb of the future, to come forth when the travail 
shall be accomplished, and the days of mourning be 
ended. The brotherhood of the race is attained only 
when man has come to the knowledge of his true and 
only real self and reaches his spiritual majority; and 
the lower self and element wholly ignored. All the 
qualifications and endowments for the fraternal relation 
are spiritual, for it is alone a spiritual and supernatural 
relation. When this plane of universal brotherhood 



220 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

has been reached in truth and reality and not in name 
merely, then an entirely new and different order of 
things will be inaugurated, and the whole moral aspect 
of society will be transformed; new impulses will spring 
forth from within, of man's nature. "New fountains 
will be opened in the human soul;" for "In the wilder- 
ness shall waters break out and streams in the desert." 
New motives will then prompt every action ; new life 
and new objects of a higher order, will show out in all 
transactions. The selfish principle will no longer lead 
men to overreach one another, and build up their for- 
tunes on the downfall of their brothers. Avarice and 
greed will cease, for "No man will say aught is his 
own." All jealousies, envying and seeking revenge, in 
little or big ways, all malice and hatred, and all love of 
the world and the things in the world, all the dark 
catalogue of negations which hurry men to destruction 
will cease entirely. Confidence and unity, peace and 
love will be established everywhere, and every man will 
study and work to the interest of others ; and so peace 
and plenty abound to all. "Each will esteem others 
better than himself, and look not every man on his own 
things, but every man on the things of others ;" and so, 
"This mind be in you, which was also in Christ." Phil, 
ii., 4; I Cor. x., 24-33; I Cor. xiii., 5. Jesus, in all His 
infallible teaching, inculcated this principle of universal 
brotherhood in all its fullness. He commanded to "Love 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 221 

your neighbor as yourself;" love to enemies; prayer for 
"Those that hate, despitefully use and persecute you ; 
and so be the children of the Highest." This is far 
above the reach of the conception of the man on the 
natural plane and shows forth the truly spiritual nature 
of the Master's teachings; and thereby giving his en- 
dorsement to the position, that spiritual states and things 
are all that can make any claim to reality. 

We have shown on what plane brotherhood does not 
and cannot exist ; we have likewise shown on what plane 
it can, and does exist. In this exalted state of universal 
communism of the whole humanity, man reaches his true 
element; and the very conditions for which he has a 
most natural adaption ; all the powers of his being would 
awake into activity, and good would flow forth from every 
soul, upon the whole humanity, and thereby a pure, holy 
and heavenly atmosphere would pervade and fill the 
whole earth, and, like incense, "To heaven arise with 
every morning sacrifice." 

Sin with all its effects, as sickness, suffering of mind 
or body, and even death, as a material condition now 
so much feared and dreaded would all be numbered 
with the by gone things, and left forever in the wake of 
the homeward journey of the soul. The very atmos- 
phere of truth, divine life and love, in which all would 
live, move and have their being, would heal every 
disordered state, for the existence of anything, but 



222 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

good, would be impossible, in that realm of pure 
spirit. 

"Behold I make all things new." Eev. xxi., 5. 



Lecture XIV. 

FALLING AWAY FKOM THE FAITH ONCE DELIVEEED 

TO THE SAINTS IN THE EAELY CENTUBIES 

OF THE CHRISTIAN EEA. 

IN this lecture we come to the investigation of a ques- 
tion that has been habitually avoided, and in the 
main let alone for ages, by those who have assumed 
the duty and vital responsibility of teaching mankind 
the saving and elevating principles of gospel truth. 
Doubtless many self queries have escaped many minds, 
as to why this age of the world should be so far below 
and behind in spiritual power, and spiritual work, the 
age immediately succeeding the ministry of our Lord 
and His chosen disciples ? It shall be our task, farther 
on, to show by impartial history, how it all came about, 
that the supernatural power conferred upon Christian 
believers, by the Lord of glory, after His departure out 
of the world, as a visible Lord, Master and Teacher, 
should, and did gradually subside and cease altogether, 
as a regular and constant work, on the part of the body 



224 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

of the church, as a heritage of a divine order, He averred 
to the world that "He that believeth on me, the works 
that I do shall he do also, and greater works than these 
shall he do, because I go unto my Father." There could 
be no misunderstanding, as to the meaning of this an- 
nouncement. He had performed many notable miracles, 
in the presence of His disciples and the multitudes that 
thronged about the "Great Prophet." He had instilled 
His wonderful doctrines deep into the minds of the com- 
mon people, who "Heard him gladly ;" He healed the 
sick, cleansed the lepers, cast out the devils, and in three 
instances, recorded, raised the dead. All this power was 
not designed to attach exclusively to Him, who had in- 
troduced it to the world, on such a stupendous scale, but 
by His special gift and enduement was to descend to all 
after him, who should believe on His name, after that 
the Holy Ghost was come upon them ; and the promise 
was that He should "Abide with them forever." No one 
will deny that the teachings of our Lord and His apostles, 
under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, was designed 
for all peoples, countries, climes, and ages of the world 
running on and on to the end of time. The habit has 
so long become fixed, on the part of the spiritual teachers 
of mankind, of viewing everything in the main on the 
rational plane of mind, and but seldom, and then most 
indefinitely and unsatisfactorily rising to the spiritual 
mode of presentation of divine truth, that the saying of 



PHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 225 

the prophet comes true upon even our own times, that 
"The daughter of my people is but slightly healed. " 
There is now a great controversy brewing in the minds 
of many thinking people ; many have strode far in ad- 
vance of the average mind and thought of the professed 
teachers of the people. And although as is usually the 
case, they encounter the world's opposition and subject 
themselves to the stigmatizing epithets of fanatics, 
cranks, and enthusiasts; still by the help of the Al- 
mighty spirit the great work of clearing away the debris 
and rubbish of errors of teaching and false theory and 
doctrines of men, with some noble but partial exceptions, 
in the long ages of the past, is How going on, and mighty 
revolutions in thought are silently working out still 
mightier problems in the empire mind. There is a ques- 
tion the thinking world would like to have answered fairly 
and impartially, and that is ; how it all came about that 
tlie great body of professed Christians composing the 
church should lose this divine supernatural power; and 
especially how was it that healing the sick, a most help- 
ful and humane gift, was lost ? It is a very natural cus- 
tom, when failures are made on any line, to offer excuses 
and apologies, so as to lighten the blame. Where is 
there any authority of its revocation by Him that con- 
ferred it, or even by those to whom the Master committed 
the great work of His gospel. Luke wrote, Paul wrote, 
James wrote, Peter wrote, Jude wrote, and last but not 



226 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

least John wrote, but in all these writings, and prophe- 
cies not one scintilla of proof can be found to show that 
is was ever intended to cramp and cripple the work, by 
withholding any gift, or power that the Holy Spirit, in 
His office, had conferred upon the Christian believers. 
This gift of healing the sick, casting out devils, or un- 
godly thoughts in the hearts and minds of those under 
their influence, and instrumentally raising them from 
the dead state in sin, up into the only real life of spirit 
in Christ, was designed from the connection they bear, to 
accompany the "Preaching of the Word, in all the world 
and to every creature." Mark xvi., 17, 18. The only 
answer we ever hear to these questions is, they have all 
been done away, as the necessity for them has ceased. 
It is claimed, and this we do not deny, that displays of 
miraculous power had the effect of attesting to the truth 
and divine authority of the gospel they were proclaiming 
to a world in darkness. Suppose we admit all that is 
claimed on this line ; how does it come around, ihat these 
signs are no longer necessary, in attestation of the 
truths of "The everlasting gospel ?" 

Has the whole world submitted to their power and 
come under their dominion? Do all know the Lord 
from the least to the greatest? Are there no infidels 
and atheists in the world ? Do not signs following be- 
come equally necessary now as then ? Is not evil and 
unbelief of the same type now as then ? Is there a dis- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 227 

position in the hearts and minds of men to yield to 
truth's power now more than then ? Not one-half of the 
world today has any knowledge of the gospel of the Son 
of God, nor know the name of Jesus the Christ as a sav- 
ing power. If an attestation were necessary in the first 
and second centuries to induce people to believe the di- 
vine teaching, when offered to both Jews and Gentiles, 
the force of the necessity is not the least abated at the 
present time. The idolatrous heathen cover over half 
the globe, and missionaries have gone " Into all the 
world," under the " Great Commission, " and as at the 
first, so* would it be now, could signs following be car- 
ried out. Men naturally want something tangible and 
sensible to convince them of any new doctrine pro- 
pounded to them, and this would be all the more effect- 
ual, as the doing of good to people's conditions would 
have the effect of stopping all gainsaying, and the truth 
would " Have free course and be glorified." Then we 
are forced to look in another direction for all the cause 
of this great decline and falling away in the faith of the 
gospel and power of truth. That the transcendent state 
of blessedness set forth in the last lecture was the pur- 
pose of God from the first, in relation to the exalted and 
united moral; social, fraternal and spiritual conditions 
of all his earthly offspring, no enlightened person could 
reasonably deny. Christ's mission in the world was to 
this end ; and when he had finished his earthly work, 



228 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

for which He had been sent, before leaving the world, 
in visible personage, He inaugurated, on a seemingly 
very small scale, a grand system that was destined to 
grow and develop into mighty proportions. He chose 
twelve men to take the lead in the promulgation 
and propagation of the gospel of His kingdom. He 
assured them they should not go forth alone in a world 
which for the most part would be hostile to their work 
and teaching, that He himself, not in person, but in 
spirit, would be with them, and be both mouth and wis- 
dom to them, and none of their enemies should ever be 
able to gainsay their word, for said He, " Lo ! I am with 
you aiway, even to the end of the world. And they 
went forth and preached everywhere, the Lord working 
with them and confirming with signs following." Mark 
xvi., 20. This work of teaching and making disciples, 
with the healing signs, continued long after the apostol- 
ic age, as historians inform us ; some go as far as to say 
one or two generations, and then gradually ceased. 
That healing the sick was included in the gospel scheme 
as set forth by Jesus Himself, no scripture reader ought 
to have the slightest doubt for a moment. He made 
healing the body and forgiving sins amount to one and 
the same thing, or that one necessarily included the 
other. Luke v„ 23, 24. Long after Christ had given 
His "Great Commission, " and "Ascended up on high," 
we hear the Apostle James giving special teaching on 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 229 

this very point, "Is any sick among you, )et him call for 
the elders of the church ; and let them pray over him, 
anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord, and the 
prayer of faith shall save the sick and the Lord shall 
raise him up ; and if he have committed sins, they shall 
be forgiven him." James v., 14. 

This portion of the Scripture ought to he in as full 
force and as valid as any other piece of instruction 
given by any of the apostles. If this text is done away, 
and to be considered expunged from " Holy writ," who 
can say where we may stop? We would like to see the 
man who could decide what portion of the teachings of 
Jesus Christ and His apostles, as recorded in the New 
Testament, are done away, and what still remain in 
force? We are confident w r e can show in the course of 
this lecture the whole cause of this great falling away 
from the power with which the apostles were " Endued 
from on high," on the day of Pentecost, and which con- 
verts in after years received, and how this beneficent 
work ceased, and how the church lost its power, in point 
of faith, which is the very ground work of all spiritual 
healing. In lecture Third, on faith, we brought out the 
doctrine that faith was the sole condition of all saving 
and healing power ; that its very essence is spiritual, 
that it is a power lodged in the hearts of the true follow- 
ers of " The Lord Christ." There are no special prom- 
ises to unbelievers, for without faith it is impossible to 



230 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

please God. That all the saving and healing work gra- 
ciously performed by our Lord was done in accordance 
with the faith of the recipient no one will deny. The 
apostolic healing was accomplished in like manner as 
recorded instances verify. To be in the faith is to be 
in the favor or grace of God; for "By faith we have 
access into this grace wherein we stand." Kom. v., 2. 
It is in the gospel sense altogether a spiritual exercise ; 
and in that view it is said by the great Teacher, that, 
"All things are possible to him that believeth." Should 
an individual lapse from an exalted spiritual state into 
the love of the world and the things of the world, he 
would lose his spiritual consciousness, which is always 
a subjective state, and would be blinded to spiritual 
things, by the life and mind being engrossed in the 
things of sense, for spiritual mindedness and carnal 
mindedness are opposite states and "contrary the one 
to the other." To enter fully into either state relieves 
the individual from the power of the other state, because 
says Jesus, "Ye cannot serve God and mammon." All 
this being true of one, it is equally true of many, and 
so the great power of faith is lost, and when faith is 
lost the power under God to heal is likewise lost; as 
healing was, and is now, a spiritual work. 

Now had the Church kept the faith and preserved in- 
tact the spiritual power, with which it had been "Endued 
from on high ;" and moved straight along on the line of 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 231 

spiritual life and faitb, that was by the apostolic teach- 
ing and doctrines transmitted to it no one could deny 
that all the attendant benefits and blessings would have 
continued as at the first, as a part of the great gospel 
system. For we believe the teachings of Jesus and His 
chosen apostles and all their practices on the humane 
line were designed for all the ages to come ; for if ap- 
plicable to one, they ought to be to all ; as we are certain 
there has been no age since, when they could be safely 
dispensed with. 'But we promised to show how it came, 
that all this beneficent and humane work ceased in the 
church, as part of its duty, as well as high prerogative ; 
and to do this, "Let facts be submitted to a candid 
world." Many Christians of the apostolic age, believed 
that the coming of the Lord back to earth would be at 
no distant day. Among these were the Thessalonian 
Christians ; and this was the main occasion of the writ- 
ing of the two epistles to the Thessalonians by the apostle 
Paul, in order to comfort them and satisfy their minds 
on the sub]ect. In the second epistle, second chapter, 
the great apostle utters a startling prophecy which we 
will give entire. "Now we beseech you, brethren, by 
the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gath- 
ering together unto Him, that ye be not soon shaken in 
mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, 
nor letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at 
hand. Let no man deceive you by any means, for that 



232 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

day shall not come, except there come a falling away 
first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdi- 
tion, who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that 
is called God, or that is worshipped ; so that he as God 
sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is 
God, Eemember ye not that when I was yet with you I 
told you these things ? And now ye know what with- 
holdeth that He might be revealed in His time. Foi 
the mystery of iniquity doth already work ; only he who 
now letteth will let, until He be taken out of the way. 
And then shall that wicked be revealed, whom the Lord 
shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall 
destroy with the brightness of his coming." 

This most pointed and graphic prophecy but proved 
too true in a few centuries after, when the church for 
which the great apostle had undergone every phase of 
privation and suffering; and for which he had "Suffered 
the loss of all things" and was willing "To spend and 
be spent," began to leave off its first love and gradually 
became involved in contentions with one another, as 
influence and opulence began to tempt them to worldly 
honor and ambition. In the very next century after 
this remarkable prophecy, we see the church at Eome 
attempting to dictate and lord it over the churches in 
the east in relation to the time of keeping, what was 
called in later times, Easter, which engendered much 
strife and discord; see Dowling's History of Eomanism, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 233 

page 32. The Apostle says the mystery of iniquity was 
already working in his own time; which meant the 
spirit of the world, the carnal mind, the love of the 
world, the love of money, the love of rule and power, 
the spirit of hatred towards all that is good, — to sum it 
all up "The lust of the flesh, the lust of the eyes, and 
the pride of life." All these were to usurp the right- 
ful place of God in the hearts and souls and minds of 
His people ; and thus they lose the spirit of Christ and 
"So are none of His." But the crowning act of the 
great falling away was the secularization of the church 
after the conversion of the Emperor Constantine, who 
took it upon himself to unite church and state under 
one government and power. The historian tells us that 
soon after his professed conversion to Christianity, he 
undertook to remodel the government of the church, so 
as to make it conform as much as possible to the govern- 
ment of the state. He created various offices and dig- 
nitaries connected with the church, to make them corre- 
spond to similar ones of the state and civil administra- 
tion of the empire, He took these newly constituted dig- 
nitaries of the church into his own special favor ; he 
loaded them with wealth and worldly honors; and richly 
endowed the churches over w r hich they presided, thus 
fostering in those who professed to be the ministers of 
Him who was " meek and lowly in heart," a spirit of 
worldly ambition, pride and avarice. Before all this tran- 



234 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

spired the church, in the main, excepting some mani- 
festations of the domineering spirit, on the part of the 
bishops of Eome, preserved intact the pure principles, 
tenets, and the spirit of the Master, and although per- 
secuted, "scattered and peeled" by the authority of the 
various roman emperors, the cause of the Master con- 
tinued to increase and spread, and the persecutions 
instead of weakening and scattering tended to strength- 
en and unite more closely in the bond of Christian 
union and brotherhood the followers of him who taught 
"Blessed are they who are persecuted for righteousness 
sake." 

The Lord of glory came among men to teach the 
world the eternal truths of His kingdom, — " The King- 
dom that shall have no end, "the kingdom that was not 
of this world, that was not temporal, nor of an earthly 
nature and character, but inward, mystical, spiritual. 
It was the kingdom of heaven come down to earth; it 
had no local habitation, or name ; for Jesus taught, 
"Ye shall not say, lo ! here and lo ! there, for behold the 
kingdom of God is within you." As proper subjects of 
this kingdom, He taught, "Blessed are the poor in spirit 
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." And "Blessed are 
they that mourn," — "Blessed are the meek," — "Blessed 
are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness," — 
"Blessed are the merciful," — "Blessed are the pure in 
heart," — "Blessed are the peacemakers," — "Blessed are 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 235 

they which are persecuted for righteousness sake, for 
theirs is the kingdom of heaven." When we come to 
take a retrospective glance over the state of affairs fol- 
lowing anon, in the wake of the corrupt, illicit and 
idolatrous union of the spiritual kingdom of God with 
the earthly kingdom of the Eoman empire, and see 
heathen temples, with a portion of their idolatrous 
machinery becoming subservient to the worship of God, 
under the auspices of Christianity, while wealth, ease, 
luxury, and earthly honors were among the alluring 
temptations, to lead the clergy, whose business it was to 
teach the unsearchable riches of Christ, away from the 
cross, following which standard the church had marched 
to victory through storm and blood. The blessed and 
glorified Lord in selecting those whom he would 
send forth to the world from Himself as His apostles, to 
spread the light of truth everywhere, went not to king's 
palaces, nor the houses of the rich and great ; but He 
chose those of the humble walks of life, the Galilean 
fishermen., the publicans, and last but not least, the un- 
daunted tent maker of Tarsus. Men who "Forsook all 
and followed Him, and counted not their lives dear unto 
themselves; and were willing to suffer the loss of all 
things, for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ 
Jesus their Lord." Phil, iii., 8. A few centuries after 
this, we see a wholly different condition of affairs. 
When once the church and state were securely enfolded 



236 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

in each others fond embrace, all the issues between the 
world, flesh and the devil, on the one side, and holiness, 
truth and God on the other were compromised . In this 
state of worldly absorption of the vital truths of spiritual 
Christianity, faith, the great power in the spiritual center 
of man, as the offspring of God, for the accomplishment 
of the supersensuous and supernatural work of healing 
and reaching the interior life of fellow beings, in order 
to render effectual aid in their lifting up, from evil 
beliefs, and material bondage, into real health, and the 
light and liberty of a truly spiritual state, where these 
are realized and enjoyed, in all their rich fullness. Faith 
we say must have gradually grown feeble and powerless, 
and finally, its flickering light went out altogether. The 
legitimate results of this state of causes was the substi- 
tution of physical force, for divine power, and the king- 
dom of the clergy, supplanting the kingdom of Jesus 
Christ. 

The histories of these earlier centuries of the Chris- 
tian dispensation breathe no dubious note, and give no 
uncertain sound ; they all testify of the gross corruption 
that crept in the church as a body, so much so as in- 
stead of being the objects of persecution they turned in 
a manner to persecuting one another. A long time the 
contest was waged between Constantinople and Kome 
for the central ecclesiastical dominion, but the patri- 
archs of Antioch and Alexandria, being oppressed by 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 237 

the Bishop of Constantinople, entered into alliance with 
the Bishop of Borne, and thereby gave the latter the de- 
cided preponderance over the former, both in point of 
wealth and numbers, and thus was paved the way to 
Boman supremacy, of which Christendom, and the 
world, too, well know. " If any man love the world the 
love of the Father is not in him." I John ii., 15. It 
requires no argument to prove from the teachings of the 
Lord and His apostles, that all the spiritual life of the 
church was gone, and what real faith she once had was 
now dead. Some of the historians of those times seem 
to deprecate a fearful horror that seemed to be hanging 
over the world. (Tertullian's Apology, Chap. 32.) They 
must have digested the terrible prediction of Baul. II. 
Thes., ii., I Tim., iv. " Now the spirit speaketh express- 
ly, that in latter times some shall depart from the faith, 
giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, 
speaking lies in hypocrisy, having their conscience 
seered with a hot iron." The fulfilling of these proph- 
ecies and this great transformation must not be sup- 
posed to have taken place all at once. The historian 
tells us the change from the lowliness of the one, and 
the lordliness of the other required ages to complete; 
it w r as not till the lapse of more than five centuries from 
the death of the last apostle (John) that the transforma- 
tion was entire. But we must not conclude that every 
individual entered into this corrupt combination all 



238 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

along those ages of darkness. The Waldenses, whose 
inner history is little known, are accredited with holding 
on to the true principles and faith of the true gospel ; but 
they were persecuted, and hunted, into their mountain 
barricades, by the armies over which the church exerted 
absolute control ; and here and there were gleaming 
stars above the horizon of darkness, and meteor flashes 
across the midnight horror. As all nights are followed 
by a day, so the night called the dark ages, has, and is 
being dispelled by the dawning of a new and brighter 
day, than any known to us, prior to that dark period. 
But flakes and shadows of that darkness still linger, for 
the day has not yet arisen in its full splendor. As ages 
were required to accomplish the complete overthrow of 
the primitive church, so ages are required to complete 
its restoration, to that purity and faith, which was im- 
parted to it by the great Master of its inception. That 
night of ignorance and superstition, hung like a funeral 
pall over the world for ten centuries. There is a seem- 
ing co-incidence in point of time, in the period of the 
church's decline and death and in its rising into light 
and life again ; since the reformation begun by John 
Wiccliff in the thirteenth century, and taken up with 
wonderful boldness and success by Martin Luther in 
the fifteenth century; and as it required a certain 
number of centuries, for the sun to set and the twilight 
shadows to gather and night to come on ; so in like 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 239 

manner since the first dawning of the day, has the dark- 
ness been disappearing and the day comes on, growing 
brighter; and the light stronger continually. The 
healing power that has been so long lost, is now being 
rapidly recovered ; this we know and can testify to; and 
tens of thousands of the purest and best people in this, 
or any other land, can do the same ; and it is a law of 
heaven that human testimony must be received, as well 
as a law of all nations of the earth. Christ's resurrec- 
tion from the dead was established by the same mode of 
proof. In this age of great progress in the arts and 
sciences, we ought not to think, that higher things are 
going to lag behind. The mental and spiritual forces 
are now focalizing, so as to emit, from spiritual hearts 
and minds streams of light, that will put to flight the 
shadows and darkness of errors and blindness to the 
truth. The world went into eclipse, it has merged from 
the shadow, and has entered the penumbra ; and its next 
passage will be into the glorious light once more. 

Man as a rule is always slow to be educated out of 
old habits ; men do not like to abandon old beliefs long 
cherished, forgetting that irresistible forces are at all 
times operating the great laws of evolution and pro- 
gression. Movement and change everywhere in exist- 
ence, both outward and inward, are going on unceas- 
ingly, working out her great problems. What shall yet 
transpire ; and what powers man, who is all but om- 



240 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

nipotent, shall yet show forth, no living man can tell. 
One thing we do believe, which has already been alluded 
to and that is, what Jesus Christ said before he left 
the world, "Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that be- 
lieveth on me, the works that I do shall he do also, and 
greater works than these shall he do, because I go to 
my Father." John xiv., 12. This was said by Jesus to 
His apostles, on the same night he was betrayed; among 
many other things as partial comfort to them, and they 
were not restricted to any period or age ; they were His 
words and were never to pass away. The great Captain 
of our salvation, "Made perfect through suffering," is 
in the lead of all the great movements, that are now 
going on for the development of power in man, for his 
glorification, in ages and cycles, that are coming on. 
"He has all power given unto him, both in heaven and 
in earth." We believe a mighty epoch is rushing upon 
us, "The night is far spent, the day is at hand." The 
pent up forces, that have been held so long in restraint 
by the gross errors of mankind, will burst forth, and the 
great work of the Christ in man will be the lifting them 
up out of darkness, into light, and from material con- 
ditions and beliefs, into the life of spirit, for "Being 
lifted up He draws all men unto Himself." Man'ri very 
being with all his powers are in alliance with omnipo- 
tence and joined thereto, in his real self, and has it in 
himself to develop continually and forever, into the very 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 241 

attributes of divinity; as children and heirs of God and 
' 'Joint heirs with Jesus Christ," and "Co-workers with 
God." We ought not to show forth very limited powers 
and more especially when Jesus taught that, "All things 
are possible to him that believeth." The psalmist says, 
"We are fearfully and wonderfully made." Our life 
work is to bring forth that which is within ; all is within, 
whatever power we exert upon mankind comes from 
within ; and we can employ this within force of our 
being to lift up our brother into health, peace and 
happiness ; as God's agents in carrying on His work for 
the amelioration of man. We are admonished to bear 
the infirmities of the weak. All this may appear far in 
advance of the age, yet everything moves so rapidly 
now, we are constantly made aware of new develop- 
ments, springing out of the great reservoirs of nature's 
rich treasure troves. The dogmas of theologians, the 
relics of the contests of the ages, in which the true light 
shown but dimly, will all go down before the illuminat- 
ing power of truth; all differences will be adjusted on 
its broad platform, and healing words will go forth, 
beautiful in truth, — and "Like apples of gold in pictures 
of silver." 



lecture XV. 

GLOKIOUS TKANSFOKMATION OF HUMANITY KE- 

SULTING FKOM THE SPIRITUAL 

UNITY OF THE EACE. 

f\ LL along in the foregoing lectures we have endeav- 
n ored to present the foundation doctrines of this 
science, building all entirely upon the one and 
only foundation that can be laid ; as in the language of 
Lord Bacon, "All are but parts of one stupendous whole." 
We have given six lectures on the philosophy and under- 
lying principles of this divinely ordered spiritual science, 
which is destined to be the acknowledged chief of all the 
sciences and prove to be the substance, of which, all 
others are but shadows ; so that students and disciples 
might by giving the most earnest heed thereto, become 
trained, so as to enter upon this great work, for truly it 
can be said, "The harvest indeed is plentiful but the 
laborers are few." 

We have also given six lectures on the healing prac- 
tice, and prepared them with arguments to each, on 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 243 

various topics of truth. With each lesson, there are 
specific instructions, so that all who will make them 
their own, by taking them into their minds, many enter 
upon the work of healing; and by work can grow into 
wisdom, understanding and knowledge ; and so be lifted, 
even above all these forms and rules, onto a plane, lliat 
is in the main spiritual. Faithful work is sure to yield 
its reward of growth and unspeakable satisfaction. 

In part third we have essayed to present the true 
philosophy of the brotherhood of man, with a glance at 
its attendant benefits and blessings. We have also 
adduced facts and arguments to show by what means 
the church lost its spiritual power, its faith, and as a 
result its power to heal the sick and otherwise lift up 
mankind to a higher life and state. And lastly we come 
now to make an earnest and urgent offer of the fore- 
going truths, knowing they will bring blessings and ben- 
efits as a bocn richer by far than any earthly fortune of 
wealth, power or place. Everything earthly has for its 
foundation the shifting sands of time ; but truth is the 
rock against which the storms and tempests of centu- 
ries beat in vain. The science of which we have been 
endeavoring to present, in as plain a manner as we 
know how, is without doubt the summit of all other sci- 
ences, and is in reality the only substance, of which all 
others are but shadows. There is a most gross miscon- 
ception entertained by the body of mankind, who have 



244 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

heard of this divine science as to its nature and results. 
Because it operates wholly on the plane of mind, and 
above the sensible earthly domain, it is in almost every 
case rejected with a sneer and a slur by those who are 
altogether ignorant of its workings and power. We 
admit it is all far in advance of the mental status of the 
average humanity. Yet heavenly endued minds have 
stretched their keenest vision far beyond the common 
prospective, and caught the first gleams of the on-com- 
ing flood tide of celestial light. We appeal to mankind 
to give these questions a most earnest and honest in- 
vestigation ; no harm can possibly result therefrom, but 
much harm, by ignoring them. It is now time the world 
was awakening out of its long stupor, and looking, some 
things, at least, square in the face. The encasement of 
prejudice and unbelief by which the truth is kept at 
bay, from entering into many minds and hearts, has 
always been the seeming insurmountable barrier to its 
conquest and dominion. Yet her march has been ever 
steady and onward, and though impeded by adverse 
winds and driven back by the storms, her gallant prow 
is ever pointing in the direction of the celestial haven, 
and though her light may in the main be obscured by 
the thick darkness for centuries, yet she will sooner or 
later burst through the clouds, and though crushed to 
the earth will rise again, for " God's eternal years are 
hers." We desire in this our closing lecture, to bring 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 245 

these truths close to everyone who is willing to give 
them a passing thought. We would appeal to all man- 
kind in the spirit of universal brotherhood to take up 
this subject and give it an impartial and unprejudiced 
investigation. It can certainly do no harm, but prom- 
ises untold good. If it does run contrary to the world's 
beliefs, that fact ought to commend it to every thinking 
mind, for all who do think know that the world is full 
of wrong, evil and discord, sin, suffering and death, the 
direful effects of errors of thought. To lift the race out 
of these deprecated conditions and set it free is beyond 
any cavil the purpose of all this work we call Christian 
Science, and that being its prime and only object, it 
commends itself to the acceptance of every unpreju- 
diced mind. The good and nothing but the good can 
come out of it, and yet it is spoken against almost uni- 
versally by those that know nothing of its teachings. 
It is a rule without an exception that those who study 
and understand it accept its beautiful truths, whether 
they ever enter into the work or not. Then we boldly 
proclaim that the entire opposition is the result of igno- 
rance. But it is the same old story over, the hated 
name is connected with it. The devout old Simeon told 
Mary that " The child Jesus was to be a sign to be 
spoken against." Luke ii., 34. 

And Jesus told His disciples to "Marvel not that the 
world hate you, ye know that it hated me first." The 



246 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

spirit of the world finds nothing in the Christ to respond 
to it; but rather its condemnation, hence its universal 
untoward opposition to the very name. When the 
Apostle Paul was taken to Eome a prisoner, he called 
together the chief of the Jews, and related to them all 
the circumstances of His arrest, imprisonment, trial and 
appeal to Caesar, and at the conclusion of his explana- 
tion they replied as follows: "We neither received letters 
out of Judea concerning thee, neither any of the brethren 
that came showed or spoke any harm of thee. But we 
desire to hear of tiiee, what thou thinkest ; for as c m- 
ceming this sect, (Christians) we know that everywhere 
it is spoken against." This science called Christian is 
everywhere spoken against, even by those who are per- 
fectly ignorant of its nature and operations. Why is 
all this ? Because it is a spiritual work and the world 
is material and natural minded, hence the enmity and 
opposition. If it were a kind of fanatical episode in 
the march of human progression, it would not receive 
the attention given it by its opposers, nor the unrelent- 
ing hatred that is heaped upon it ; it would simply be 
passed over and ignored, as too insignificant for consider- 
ation. "The spirit of anti-Christ" is still abroad and 
undisputed, but of course greatly modified. It was 
this spirit in its fiercest moods, that led Jesus to Calvary ; 
that stoned Stephen ; that imprisoned the Apostles and 
brought them all, save one, to martyrdom. The same 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 247 

that exiled John to the rocky isle of Patmos ; the same 
instituted the inquisition ; the same that persecuted the 
Waldenses, and hunted them to their refuge in the 
Alpine fastnesses. The same that carried to the stake 
John Huss, Bishops Cranmer, Bidley, Latimer and John 
Kogers, along with the mighty army of martyrs. It is 
the same spirit that instigated the massacre of Barthol- 
omews eve when the streets of Paris run with blood. 
The same that forced our pilgrim fathers to seek an 
asylum on the "wild New England shore," the one and 
same spirit that showed itself in mob violence at the 
new spititual doctrine that was preached by John Wesley 
and his coadjutors. And so it will ever rise up to war 
against spiritual truth, until entirely dissipated and 
annihilated and the whole world shall come to the 
knowledge of the truth ; and the mystery of the Christ 
solved, by every man for himself; whom "All shall know 
from the least to the greatest." 

The teaching of the first century was more spiritual 
than that of this age ; but this doubtless excels that or 
any other age for fine intellectual preaching; hence the 
diminished pow r er and inferior grade of spirituality that 
is nearly everywhere observable, by the ministers them- 
selves. Where the cause of spirituality is thus left, the 
scientists have taken it up and are appropriating this 
heavenly gift, for the good of all w r ho will receive it. 
Healing was carrried on in one age of the world, under 



248 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

certain spiritual qualifications and conditions, and why 
not in this with the same qualifications and conditions, 
was there partially shown to the first two generations 
after Christ gave His great commission, over this Ox 
any other generation of the Christian era ; when we are 
told that "Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today and 
forever." I have heard it said, "What man has done 
man can do." If men endued with spiritual power can 
heal the sick and help up the inner life of his fellow T 
man, in one age of the world, he can do the same in 
any other age, under the same conditions. We are sure 
of one thing, and that is the everlasting gospel of the 
son of God, with all its accompanying benefits and 
blessings to the race, was never designed to grow less 
in its power for good, of whatever description. We 
would rather expect its operations to be on a scale of 
augmentation instead of diminution, as the world's 
capacity expanded to receive its increasing power of 
truth. Although there is a period coming when it is 
said, "There shall be no more death/' that is the natural 
physical demise ; but now people pass away under all 
the various systems of practice. The physicians of 
every school lose patients,— people still die and the 
world finds no fault, as to sicken and die seems to be 
the common lot of all at some time ; and yet in this 
healing work a most exacting and intolerant spirit is 
shown; there is a great "Hue and cry" set up and 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 249 

violent denunciation if one should at any time lose a 
patient, while not a word would be uttered were the best 
physicians in the country to lose a dozen. Nothing could 
be more unfair, unjust or ungenerous. If a great power 
is exhibiting itself in man for good and nothing but 
good, why not help and encourage it, instead of trying 
to cripple and destroy it ? Men show fair wisdom in 
other things, but show the grossest ignorance in this. 
The ministry and church wail over the inroads of athe- 
ism and infidelity, in the world, and with all their 
ability and splendid intellectuality they make little 
impression upon their growing influence. But if they 
only knew it, this higher spiritual power, which is the 
mighty power of truth, is the only successful weapon, 
by which they can and will be overthrown. There are 
doubtless mighty changes to be effected in no very dis- 
tant future ; there is already abroad a spirit of "Fearful 
looking for," of those things that are coming upon the 
earth ; it seems the powers of heaven are being shaken. 
All the great forces of existence are silent in their ope- 
rations. There are unmistakable indications now of the 
quiet gathering of those mighty silent forces, which are 
mind and spirit, which will turn the world upside down, 
just where it should be, for in the main it is now down 
side up, which has caused all the miseries of the race, by 
this inverted position. The movements are doubtless 
very rapid, though unnoted by those whose eyes are 



250 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

blinded by the God of this world. As the mighty move- 
ments of the spiritual empire of the Almighty go 
thundering on in their silent power, errors will be 
corrected and wrongs will be righted; discord will 
be healed and truth established; and the "Peace on 
earth and good-will," sung by the angels to the Beth- 
lehem shepherds will begin to set up their ensign 
in the high places of the human soul. "And every 
valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill 
shall be made low and the crooked places shall be 
made straight, and the rough places plain, and the glory 
of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it 
together ; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it." 
Isaiah xxxix., 4, 5. 

That a transcendent spiritual state will possess the 
hearts and minds of those who will have it, no reader 
of prophecy can for a moment deny. That there is to 
be a spiritual reign of tranquility, beyond the highest 
conceptions of finite minds, no scripture reader ought 
for a moment to doubt. The most extravagant imagin- 
ings of the greatest minds, can form no adequate idea 
of what is meant by the "Far more, exceeding and 
eternal weight of glory," that is worked out to God's 
children by the momentary afflictions of this life of 
probation, education and formation of character. It is 
not to be expected that this celestial order of things 
will suddenly burst upon the world, like the sun, mo- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 251 

mentarily rising to the zenith, from beneath its mantle 
of midnight. The great architect of both spiritual as 
well as material transactions, works by the unerring 
forces of law, which move silently towards their destined 
ends, and though everything moves with a mighty mo- 
mentum, the great harmony of spiritual, as well as ma- 
terial forces must be, and ever are preserved, and no 
great end can be reached, until all the parts are 
ready to take their respective positions in the great 
gathering into one. So it is in the movement now under 
process of completion and perfection. A few years will 
tell of mighty changes and achievements in the mental 
and spiritual status of the earth's populations. This 
spiritual movement, so unlooked for a few years ago, is 
actually spreading so rapidly, as to bid fair to achieve a 
complete revolution in thought, and consequent condi- 
tions, that will entitle it to be classed among the mar- 
velous and miraculous. 

There is one point we should touch on, hastily, as 
we pass on, and that is the use of drugs as possessing 
sanitive virtues. All most all the learned of the medi- 
cal profession will admit that medicine in itself posesss- 
es no such thing ; but that it has a tendency to excite 
and arouse the vital forces to activity, and so throw off 
the disease, but nature and vitality do the healing. But 
the highest testimony of that learned and scientific pro- 
fession, is positive in its statement, that all medicines 



252 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

are poisons. This may strike some very forcibly, as the 
masses of mankind do but little scientific thinking; they 
are contented to leave this to others. And herein is the 
great harm. To think is to exist, and the more we 
think the more we exist; the better we think the 
better we exist ; the higher we think the more exalted 
will our existence be. In Webster's Unabridged 
Dictionary, under the words "corrosive sublimate," he 
expressly says, " all medicines are poison." Such an 
array of the highest scientific authority on this point 
can be adduced that no learned physician will think of 
denying it, John Mason Goode, Prof. St. John, M. D., 
Prof. Clark. Prof Smith, M. D., of New York College of 
Physicians and "Surgeons, says, " Medicines, which en- 
ter the circulation, poison the blood, in the same man- 
ner as do the poisons that produce disease." John 
Mason Goode says, "The effect of medicine has destroyed 
more lives than war, pestilence and famine combined." 
These are a few of the testimonials coming from the 
highest authority in the world. Every portion of any 
kind of poison taken into the system impairs the vitality 
that much, and renders the system to that extent ex- 
exposed to the assaults of disease. The consequence is, 
the more medicine the more disease. Medicines have 
been used to such a reckless extent that we can scarcely 
ever find a perfectly sound and healthy person, just 
what God made everyone of us to be ; and we would be 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 253 

but for the multiform aberrations of the human race. 
Good and very good mean something when the Almighty 
speaks them. Against medical men who are plying 
their profession, we have no word ; many of the most 
distinguished of them have gone into this science, and 
have written most excellent works on it, as Dr. Wm. H. 
Holcombe, of New Orleans, and J. H. Dewey, M. D., of 
Buffalo, N. Y. We give the above to let the masses 
know what are the true facts bearing on these points. 

The learned and scientific medical man knows more 
in relation to much of the teachings of this healing 
science, we are endeavoring to set forth, as clearly and 
as plainly as possible, than any of the members of the 
other learned professions. He very well knows what 
power the mind exerts over the body in both health and 
sickness; how sickness is superinduced by fear and 
continual thinking about it. He also knows how hard 
it is for his patients to recover under this state of mind ; 
and how easy when his patient is fearless and hopeful. 
He also knows that much of the so called sickness is 
entirely imaginary and he deals with it in that light. He 
knows how efficacious and helpful towards recovery, is 
the minds diversion from the bodily conditions. And 
to push the thought still farther, he must know that all 
pain and disease when traced to its real source, in its 
first inception, originated in the human mind, for pain 
and suffering can exist only in consciousness, and 



254 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

consciousness is solely a mental condition, and so we 
find that all disease is mental and cannot be otherwise, 
however much it may see,m to be a bodily condition. 
The learned physician knows very well that if there 
could be found a force, that could be available to reach 
the vital processes of nature, in the patient sufficient to 
rouse to energetic activity this vis medicatrix naturce, 
that all material remedies would be unneccessary and 
the patient left free from all the injurious and deleterious 
consequences of poisonous portions. All these points 
we lay before the masses of mankind, to think out for 
themselves. We would only say this further, in view of 
the above facts, that it is enormous and alarming what 
quantities of the contents of the drug stores are poured 
down the patient's throat in some cases of protracted 
illness. 

This science we advocate so earnestly is altogether a 
spiritual work. It is the only sure means of reforma- 
tion from all of the dissipations and vices that man is 
addicted to ; he is free in a measure from their power, 
as he is spiritually developed; he then has little incli- 
nation for them ; and when he has reached a very high 
state of spiritual unfoldment the inclination for the 
pleasures of the sense life is lost altogether. When spir- 
itually minded and fixed in that mode and state of 
thought man moves in a higher sphere than those 
around him; he has higher aspirations, than earthy 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 255 

conditions can give ; he has insight into understanding 
that the world regards as nothing, and "The peace that 
passeth understanding" so far transcends the pleasures 
of the earthly life, that really there can be no com- 
parison. In this high state of spiritual development 
man sheds around him an influence which takes hold 
upon others, for their real benefit ; his presence has 
healing power in it. He disseminates an aura that has 
a strengthening and healing influence upon others ; it 
is the outflowing of a mind that is essentially spiritual. 
all that man in any manner could want, or wish for, 
comes through Jesus Christ, — "From the Father of lights 
with whom there is no variableness, neither shadow of 
turning." This Christ principle is the medium divinity 
between God and humanity ; God moves downward and 
humanity upward; and so God and man meet together 
in Christ ; and "Through Him God freely gives us all 
things." This ought to include exemption from sin, 
sickness and death, and we unhesitatingly affirm that it 
does. But this freedom is not thrust upon man contrary 
to his will. He may live above sin, because he seeks to 
do so. He may likewise live above sickness, if he will 
earnestly seek to do so, and will use the necessary means 
to that end ; for it is expressly written, "If any man be 
in Christ, he is a new creature." He is entirely out of, 
and above the old order and state of things. We are 
gradually approaching the close of our series of lectures ; 



256 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

all that we have endeavored to teach, is for the good of 
every being of the race, and " Whosoever will may take 
the water of life freely." 

That there is a state of blessedness to which we are 
moving on, and for which all that is within so ardently 
yearns, we have full and complete assurance in the 
written testimony of inspiration. It is not a new state 
in the abstract, but exists now, and has existed always ; 
but will, to those newly entering upon it, be "The new 
heaven and new earth wherein dwelleth righteousness." 
It is the kingdom of heaven for which God's children 
have been praying so long, for it to come, in the breath- 
ings of the Lord's prayer. This is the kingdom prepared 
from the foundation of the world. Every state not of 
this will prove itself to be false and unreal. The suffer- 
ings and all things not good will pass out of mind, and 
be remembered no more, as only the truth will occupy 
and fill entirely the w r hole being of the freed, exalted 
and glorified humanity. There will be no unpleasant 
reminiscences to mar the bliss of that transcendent 
state of beatitude. The world's long night and deluge 
of darkness will be passed, and the "Lord God" and 
"The Lamb will be the light," of that bright day, that 
shall never know night. The unlooked for spiritual 
manifestation of this latter part of the nineteenth cen- 
tury, but too clearly portend, along with the clear indi- 
cations of the fulfillment of certain momentous prophe- 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 257 

cies, the coming of some mighty display of a heavenly 
manifestation, to those who are watching and waiting 
for "The coming of their Lord." This very spiritual 
teaching, that we are trying to inculcate in the minds 
of the willing and receptive ones, is just that, which is 
to do this great work of preparation for these mighty 
events and epochs that are already too clearly casting 
their shadows before. 

The eternal reign of peace and harmony, about which 
prophets, poets and angels have sung, is yet among the 
hidden things of the undiscovered hereafter ; but a few, 
with prophetic vision, have glimpsed the on-coming tide 
of incomparable blessedness, that earth's redeemed 
humanity shall enter upon, as their inheritance, which 
is described as "Incorruptible and undefiled, that fadeth 
not away." Earth will no longer be the disordered, 
dissevered and dismantled particle of creation, that it 
now seems to be ; but purified and spiritualized, it will 
oe a province and dimension of the universal empire of 
heaven. Crime and suffering will cease, the penal code 
will become obsolete ; hospitals and almshouses, prisons 
and prisoners will be among the things of a former and 
forgotten age. Poverty and want, sickness and tears 
will be no more. Sin, the source and cause of all human 
ills, together with its curse, will be left far in the wake 
forever ; and death, the last surviving enemy, shall be 
destroyed ; for "He that hath the power of death, that is 



258 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 

the devil/' shall be dissipated and annihilated. The 
trade of war will be no longer pursued, for the nations 
"Shall beat their swords into plow shares and their 
spears into pruning hooks, and learn war no more." 
Humanity upon this high domain, with all the marring, 
obstructing and impeding obstacles and influences re- 
moved, will move on in its grand march of progression, 
with such accelerated rapidity, as that the speed of light, 
or the lightning's flash will be but tardy moments in 
comparison. But we will pause, for the following up so 
sublime a thought would but bewilder the imagination, 
which would be lost in the untrodden heights, where it 
could find no perch upon which to rest its weary wings ; 
"For it doth not yet appear what we shall be." In clos- 
ing this desultory lecture we would make one more 
earnest appeal to the world, to the human race, to all 
mankind to enter into this truly spiritual work, as it is 
in reality the incipient movement towards the grand 
order of realities which make up the fullness of the gol- 
den gospel promises for which the purified of earth long 
and watch and wait. Whatever is laid up in store for 
us, in the unfathomable depths of the unexplored future 
we can reach a point here and now at which we can 
reap a foretaste of the things God has laid up for them 
that love him, for God reveals them to us by his spirit. 
The celestial zone in the depths of our being once 
reached we realize the grand unity of the race of man, 



CHRISTIAN SCIENCE TEACHER AND HEALER. 259 

for there all are equal and all are one ; we will then 
" All come into the unity of the faith and the knowledge 
of the Son of God, unto a perfect man unto the measure 
of the stature of the fullness of Christ." Eph. iv., 13. 
The promises bearing on this conception are rich and 
abundant, and lures us on to stronger efforts and nobler 
aspirations, as we have all assurance that " our labor is 
not in vain in the Lord;" but one more will suffice here 
in our closing words, which is as follows : " That in the 
dispensation of the fullness of time He might gather 
together in one all things in Christ, both which are in 
heaven and which are on earth; even in Him." 



THE END. 



m 



m 1 1 1 1 1 ■ '^s&iBnra]^*u»fMB 
Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 






LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




017 660 121 8 



a 



m 

n 



■111 

PHr 



am 
mm 



■■III 



